1 //===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15 #include "CXXABI.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35 #include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38 #include <map> 39 40 using namespace clang; 41 42 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55 enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57 }; 58 59 RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 101 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 102 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 103 return NULL; 104 105 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 106 // documentation. 107 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 108 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 109 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 110 return NULL; 111 112 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 113 114 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 115 if (RawComments.empty()) 116 return NULL; 117 118 // Find declaration location. 119 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 120 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 121 // location". 122 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 123 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 124 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 125 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 126 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 127 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 128 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 129 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 130 else 131 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 132 133 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 134 // can't find the comment. 135 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 136 return NULL; 137 138 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 139 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 140 { 141 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 142 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 143 // first. 144 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 145 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 146 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 147 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 148 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 149 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 150 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 151 } 152 153 if (Found) { 154 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 155 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 156 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 157 } else { 158 // Slow path. 159 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 160 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 161 } 162 } 163 164 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 165 // file buffer. 166 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 167 168 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 169 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 170 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 171 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 172 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 173 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 174 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 175 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 176 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 177 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 178 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 179 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 180 return *Comment; 181 } 182 } 183 184 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 185 // Let's look at the previous comment. 186 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 187 return NULL; 188 --Comment; 189 190 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 191 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 192 return NULL; 193 194 // Decompose the end of the comment. 195 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 196 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 197 198 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 199 // aren't related. 200 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 201 return NULL; 202 203 // Get the corresponding buffer. 204 bool Invalid = false; 205 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 206 &Invalid).data(); 207 if (Invalid) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 211 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 212 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 213 214 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 215 // comment and declaration. 216 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 217 return NULL; 218 219 return *Comment; 220 } 221 222 namespace { 223 /// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 224 /// refer to the actual template. 225 /// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 226 const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 227 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 228 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 230 return FTD; 231 232 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 233 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 234 return D; 235 236 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 237 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 238 return FTD; 239 240 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 241 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 242 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 243 return MemberDecl; 244 245 return D; 246 } 247 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 248 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 249 // template? 250 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 251 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 252 return MemberDecl; 253 254 return D; 255 } 256 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 257 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 258 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 259 return CTD; 260 261 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 262 // specialization? 263 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 264 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 265 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 266 return D; 267 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 268 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 269 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 270 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 271 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 272 static_cast<const Decl*>( 273 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 274 } 275 276 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 277 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 278 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 279 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 280 281 return D; 282 } 283 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 284 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 285 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 286 return MemberDecl; 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 291 return D; 292 } 293 } // unnamed namespace 294 295 const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 296 const Decl *D, 297 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 298 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 299 300 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 301 { 302 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 303 RedeclComments.find(D); 304 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 305 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 306 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 307 if (OriginalDecl) 308 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 309 return Raw.getRaw(); 310 } 311 } 312 } 313 314 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 315 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 316 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 317 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 318 E = D->redecls_end(); 319 I != E; ++I) { 320 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 321 RedeclComments.find(*I); 322 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 323 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 324 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 325 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 326 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 327 break; 328 } 329 } else { 330 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 331 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 332 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 333 if (RC) { 334 Raw.setRaw(RC); 335 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 336 } else 337 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 338 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 339 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 340 if (RC) 341 break; 342 } 343 } 344 345 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 346 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 347 348 if (OriginalDecl) 349 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 350 351 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 353 Raw.setRaw(RC); 354 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 355 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 356 357 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 358 E = D->redecls_end(); 359 I != E; ++I) { 360 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 361 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 362 R = Raw; 363 } 364 365 return RC; 366 } 367 368 static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 369 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 370 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 371 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 372 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 373 if (!ID) 374 return; 375 // Add redeclared method here. 376 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 377 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 378 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 379 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 380 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 381 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 382 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 383 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 384 } 385 } 386 } 387 388 comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 389 const Decl *D) const { 390 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 391 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 392 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 393 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 394 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 395 comments::FullComment *CFC = 396 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 397 ThisDeclInfo); 398 return CFC; 399 400 } 401 402 comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 403 const Decl *D, 404 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 405 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 406 407 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 408 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 409 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 410 411 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 412 if (Canonical != D) { 413 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 414 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 415 return CFC; 416 } 417 return Pos->second; 418 } 419 420 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 421 422 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 423 if (!RC) { 424 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 425 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 426 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 427 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 428 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 429 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 430 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 431 if (OMD) 432 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 433 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 434 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 435 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 436 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 437 } 438 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 439 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 440 // does not have one of its own. 441 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 442 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 443 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 444 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 445 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 446 } 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 451 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 452 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 453 // different across redeclarations. 454 if (D != OriginalDecl) 455 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 456 457 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 458 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 459 return FC; 460 } 461 462 void 463 ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 464 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 465 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 466 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 467 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 468 469 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 470 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 471 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 472 PEnd = Params->end(); 473 P != PEnd; ++P) { 474 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 475 ID.AddInteger(0); 476 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 477 continue; 478 } 479 480 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 481 ID.AddInteger(1); 482 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 483 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 484 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 485 ID.AddBoolean(true); 486 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 487 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 488 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 489 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 490 } 491 } else 492 ID.AddBoolean(false); 493 continue; 494 } 495 496 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 497 ID.AddInteger(2); 498 Profile(ID, TTP); 499 } 500 } 501 502 TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 503 ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 504 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 505 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 506 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 507 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 508 void *InsertPos = 0; 509 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 510 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 511 if (Canonical) 512 return Canonical->getParam(); 513 514 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 515 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 516 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 517 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 518 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 519 PEnd = Params->end(); 520 P != PEnd; ++P) { 521 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 522 CanonParams.push_back( 523 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 524 SourceLocation(), 525 SourceLocation(), 526 TTP->getDepth(), 527 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 528 TTP->isParameterPack())); 529 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 530 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 531 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 533 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 534 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 535 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 536 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 537 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 538 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 539 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 540 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 541 } 542 543 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 544 SourceLocation(), 545 SourceLocation(), 546 NTTP->getDepth(), 547 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 548 T, 549 TInfo, 550 ExpandedTypes.data(), 551 ExpandedTypes.size(), 552 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 553 } else { 554 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 555 SourceLocation(), 556 SourceLocation(), 557 NTTP->getDepth(), 558 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 559 T, 560 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 561 TInfo); 562 } 563 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 564 565 } else 566 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 567 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 568 } 569 570 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 571 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 572 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 573 TTP->getPosition(), 574 TTP->isParameterPack(), 575 0, 576 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 577 SourceLocation(), 578 CanonParams.data(), 579 CanonParams.size(), 580 SourceLocation())); 581 582 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 583 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 584 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 585 (void)Canonical; 586 587 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 588 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 589 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 590 return CanonTTP; 591 } 592 593 CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 594 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 595 596 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 597 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 598 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 599 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 600 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 601 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 602 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 603 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 604 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 605 } 606 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 607 } 608 609 static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 610 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 611 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 612 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 613 // language-specific address space. 614 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 615 1, // opencl_global 616 2, // opencl_local 617 3, // opencl_constant 618 4, // cuda_device 619 5, // cuda_constant 620 6 // cuda_shared 621 }; 622 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 623 } else { 624 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 625 } 626 } 627 628 ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 629 const TargetInfo *t, 630 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 631 Builtin::Context &builtins, 632 unsigned size_reserve, 633 bool DelayInitialization) 634 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 635 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 636 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 637 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 638 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 639 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 640 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 641 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 642 BOOLDecl(0), 643 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 644 FILEDecl(0), 645 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 646 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 647 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 648 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 649 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 650 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 651 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 652 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 653 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 654 DeclarationNames(*this), 655 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 656 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 657 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 658 LastSDM(0, 0), 659 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 660 { 661 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 662 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 663 664 if (!DelayInitialization) { 665 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 666 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 667 } 668 } 669 670 ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 671 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 672 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 673 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 674 675 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 676 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 677 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 678 679 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 680 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 681 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 682 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 683 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 684 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 685 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 686 R->Destroy(*this); 687 688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 689 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 690 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 691 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 692 R->Destroy(*this); 693 } 694 695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 696 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 697 A != AEnd; ++A) 698 A->second->~AttrVec(); 699 } 700 701 void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 702 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 703 } 704 705 void 706 ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 707 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 708 } 709 710 void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 711 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 712 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 713 714 unsigned counts[] = { 715 #define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 716 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 717 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 718 0 // Extra 719 }; 720 721 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 722 Type *T = Types[i]; 723 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 724 } 725 726 unsigned Idx = 0; 727 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 728 #define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 729 if (counts[Idx]) \ 730 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 731 << " types\n"; \ 732 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 733 ++Idx; 734 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 735 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 736 737 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 738 739 // Implicit special member functions. 740 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 741 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 742 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 743 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 744 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 745 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 748 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 749 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 751 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 752 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 755 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 756 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 758 << NumImplicitDestructors 759 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 760 761 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 762 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 763 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 764 } 765 766 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 767 } 768 769 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 770 if (!Int128Decl) { 771 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 772 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 773 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 774 SourceLocation(), 775 SourceLocation(), 776 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 777 TInfo); 778 } 779 780 return Int128Decl; 781 } 782 783 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 784 if (!UInt128Decl) { 785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 786 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 787 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 788 SourceLocation(), 789 SourceLocation(), 790 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 791 TInfo); 792 } 793 794 return UInt128Decl; 795 } 796 797 void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 798 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 799 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 800 Types.push_back(Ty); 801 } 802 803 void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 804 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 805 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 806 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 807 808 this->Target = &Target; 809 810 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 811 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 812 813 // C99 6.2.5p19. 814 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 815 816 // C99 6.2.5p2. 817 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 818 // C99 6.2.5p3. 819 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 820 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 821 else 822 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 823 // C99 6.2.5p4. 824 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 825 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 826 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 827 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 828 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 829 830 // C99 6.2.5p6. 831 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 832 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 833 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 834 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 835 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 836 837 // C99 6.2.5p10. 838 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 839 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 840 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 841 842 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 843 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 844 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 845 846 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 847 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 848 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 849 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 850 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 851 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 852 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 853 854 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 855 856 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 857 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 858 else // C99 859 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 860 861 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 862 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 863 else // C99 864 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 865 866 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 867 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 868 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 869 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 870 // expressions. 871 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 872 873 // Placeholder type for functions. 874 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 875 876 // Placeholder type for bound members. 877 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 878 879 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 880 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 881 882 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 883 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 884 885 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 886 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 887 888 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 889 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 890 891 // C99 6.2.5p11. 892 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 893 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 894 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 895 896 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 897 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 898 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 899 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 900 901 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 902 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 903 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 904 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 905 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 906 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 907 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 908 909 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 910 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 911 } 912 913 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 914 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 915 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 916 917 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 918 919 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 920 921 // void * type 922 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 923 924 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 925 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 926 927 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 928 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 929 930 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 931 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 932 } 933 934 DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 935 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 936 } 937 938 AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 939 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 940 if (!Result) { 941 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 942 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 943 } 944 945 return *Result; 946 } 947 948 /// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 949 void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 950 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 951 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 952 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 953 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 954 } 955 } 956 957 MemberSpecializationInfo * 958 ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 959 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 960 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 961 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 962 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 963 return 0; 964 965 return Pos->second; 966 } 967 968 void 969 ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 970 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 971 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 972 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 973 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 974 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 975 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 976 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 977 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 978 } 979 980 FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 981 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 982 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 983 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 984 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 985 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 986 return 0; 987 988 return Pos->second; 989 } 990 991 void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 992 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 993 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 994 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 995 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 996 } 997 998 NamedDecl * 999 ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1000 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1001 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1002 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1003 return 0; 1004 1005 return Pos->second; 1006 } 1007 1008 void 1009 ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1010 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1011 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1012 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1013 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1014 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1015 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1016 } 1017 1018 UsingShadowDecl * 1019 ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1020 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1021 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1022 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1023 return 0; 1024 1025 return Pos->second; 1026 } 1027 1028 void 1029 ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1030 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1031 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1032 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1033 } 1034 1035 FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1036 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1037 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1038 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1039 return 0; 1040 1041 return Pos->second; 1042 } 1043 1044 void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1045 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1046 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1047 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1048 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1049 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1050 1051 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1052 } 1053 1054 bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1055 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1056 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1057 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1058 } 1059 1060 bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1061 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1062 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1063 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1064 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1065 } 1066 1067 bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1072 } 1073 1074 bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1076 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1077 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1078 } 1079 1080 bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1081 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1082 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1083 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1084 } 1085 1086 ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1087 ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1088 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1089 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1090 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1091 return 0; 1092 1093 return Pos->second.begin(); 1094 } 1095 1096 ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1097 ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1098 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1099 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1100 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1101 return 0; 1102 1103 return Pos->second.end(); 1104 } 1105 1106 unsigned 1107 ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1108 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1109 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1110 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1111 return 0; 1112 1113 return Pos->second.size(); 1114 } 1115 1116 void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1117 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1118 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1119 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1120 } 1121 1122 void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1123 const NamedDecl *D, 1124 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1125 assert(D); 1126 1127 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1128 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(), 1129 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods()); 1130 return; 1131 } 1132 1133 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1134 if (!Method) 1135 return; 1136 1137 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1138 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1139 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1140 } 1141 1142 void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1143 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1144 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1145 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1146 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1147 LastLocalImport = Import; 1148 return; 1149 } 1150 1151 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1152 LastLocalImport = Import; 1153 } 1154 1155 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1156 // Type Sizing and Analysis 1157 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1158 1159 /// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1160 /// scalar floating point type. 1161 const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1162 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1163 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1164 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1165 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1166 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1167 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1168 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1169 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1170 } 1171 } 1172 1173 /// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1174 /// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1175 /// this method will assert on them. 1176 /// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1177 /// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1178 CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1179 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1180 1181 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1182 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1183 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1184 1185 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1186 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1187 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1188 // 1189 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1190 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1191 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1192 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1193 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1194 } else { 1195 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1196 } 1197 } 1198 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1199 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1200 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1201 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1202 1203 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1204 // else about the declaration and its type. 1205 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1206 // do nothing 1207 1208 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1209 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1210 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1211 if (RefAsPointee) 1212 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1213 else 1214 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1215 } 1216 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1217 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1218 // large-array alignment on the target. 1219 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1220 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1221 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1222 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1223 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1224 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1225 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1226 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1227 1228 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1229 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1230 } 1231 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1232 } 1233 1234 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1235 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1236 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1237 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1238 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1239 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1240 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1241 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1242 1243 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1244 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1245 1246 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1247 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1248 if (offset > 0) { 1249 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1250 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1251 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1252 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1253 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1254 } 1255 1256 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1257 } 1258 } 1259 1260 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1261 } 1262 1263 // getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1264 // chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1265 // the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1266 // using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1267 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1268 ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1269 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1270 1271 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1272 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1273 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1275 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1276 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1277 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1278 } 1279 } 1280 1281 return sizeAndAlign; 1282 } 1283 1284 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1285 ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1286 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1287 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1288 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1289 } 1290 1291 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1292 ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1293 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1294 } 1295 1296 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1297 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1298 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1299 return it->second; 1300 1301 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1302 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1303 return Info; 1304 } 1305 1306 /// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1307 /// method does not work on incomplete types. 1308 /// 1309 /// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1310 /// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1311 /// should take a QualType, &c. 1312 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1313 ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1314 uint64_t Width=0; 1315 unsigned Align=8; 1316 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1317 #define TYPE(Class, Base) 1318 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1319 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1320 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1321 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1322 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1323 1324 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1325 case Type::FunctionProto: 1326 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1327 Width = 0; 1328 Align = 32; 1329 break; 1330 1331 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1332 case Type::VariableArray: 1333 Width = 0; 1334 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1335 break; 1336 1337 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1338 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1339 1340 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1341 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1342 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1343 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1344 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1345 Align = EltInfo.second; 1346 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1347 break; 1348 } 1349 case Type::ExtVector: 1350 case Type::Vector: { 1351 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1352 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1353 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1354 Align = Width; 1355 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1356 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1357 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1358 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1359 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1360 } 1361 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1362 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1363 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1364 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1365 break; 1366 } 1367 1368 case Type::Builtin: 1369 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1370 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1371 case BuiltinType::Void: 1372 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1373 Width = 0; 1374 Align = 8; 1375 break; 1376 1377 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1378 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1379 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1380 break; 1381 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1382 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1383 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1384 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1385 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1386 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1387 break; 1388 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1389 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1390 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1391 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1392 break; 1393 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1394 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1395 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1396 break; 1397 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1398 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1399 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1400 break; 1401 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1402 case BuiltinType::Short: 1403 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1404 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1405 break; 1406 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1407 case BuiltinType::Int: 1408 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1409 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1410 break; 1411 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1412 case BuiltinType::Long: 1413 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1414 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1415 break; 1416 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1417 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1418 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1419 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1420 break; 1421 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1422 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1423 Width = 128; 1424 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1425 break; 1426 case BuiltinType::Half: 1427 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1428 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1429 break; 1430 case BuiltinType::Float: 1431 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1432 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1433 break; 1434 case BuiltinType::Double: 1435 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1436 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1437 break; 1438 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1439 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1440 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1441 break; 1442 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1443 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1444 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1445 break; 1446 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1447 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1448 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1449 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1450 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1451 break; 1452 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1453 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1454 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1455 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1456 break; 1457 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1458 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1459 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1460 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1461 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1462 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1463 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1464 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1465 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1466 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1467 break; 1468 } 1469 break; 1470 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1471 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1472 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1473 break; 1474 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1475 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1476 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1477 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1478 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1479 break; 1480 } 1481 case Type::LValueReference: 1482 case Type::RValueReference: { 1483 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1484 // the pointer route. 1485 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1486 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1487 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1488 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1489 break; 1490 } 1491 case Type::Pointer: { 1492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1493 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1494 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1495 break; 1496 } 1497 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1498 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1499 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1500 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1501 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1502 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1503 break; 1504 } 1505 case Type::Complex: { 1506 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1507 // size. 1508 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1509 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1510 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1511 Align = EltInfo.second; 1512 break; 1513 } 1514 case Type::ObjCObject: 1515 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1516 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1517 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1518 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1519 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1520 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1521 break; 1522 } 1523 case Type::Record: 1524 case Type::Enum: { 1525 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1526 1527 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1528 Width = 8; 1529 Align = 8; 1530 break; 1531 } 1532 1533 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1534 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1535 1536 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1537 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1538 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1539 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1540 break; 1541 } 1542 1543 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1544 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1545 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1546 1547 case Type::Auto: { 1548 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1549 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1550 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1551 } 1552 1553 case Type::Paren: 1554 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1555 1556 case Type::Typedef: { 1557 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1558 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1559 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1560 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1561 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1562 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1563 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1564 Align = AttrAlign; 1565 else 1566 Align = Info.second; 1567 Width = Info.first; 1568 break; 1569 } 1570 1571 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1572 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1573 .getTypePtr()); 1574 1575 case Type::TypeOf: 1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1577 1578 case Type::Decltype: 1579 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1580 .getTypePtr()); 1581 1582 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1584 1585 case Type::Elaborated: 1586 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1587 1588 case Type::Attributed: 1589 return getTypeInfo( 1590 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1591 1592 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1593 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1594 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1595 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1596 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1597 // aligned attribute on it. 1598 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1599 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1600 else 1601 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1602 } 1603 1604 case Type::Atomic: { 1605 // Start with the base type information. 1606 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1607 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1608 Width = Info.first; 1609 Align = Info.second; 1610 1611 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1612 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1613 // favorable to atomic operations: 1614 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1615 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1616 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1617 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1618 1619 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1620 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1621 } 1622 } 1623 1624 } 1625 1626 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1627 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1628 } 1629 1630 /// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1631 CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1632 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1633 } 1634 1635 /// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1636 int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1637 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1638 } 1639 1640 /// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1641 /// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1642 CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1643 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1644 } 1645 CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1646 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1647 } 1648 1649 /// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1650 /// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1651 CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1652 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1653 } 1654 CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1655 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1656 } 1657 1658 /// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1659 /// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1660 /// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1661 /// a data type. 1662 unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1663 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1664 1665 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1666 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1667 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1668 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1669 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1670 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1671 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1672 1673 return ABIAlign; 1674 } 1675 1676 /// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1677 /// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1678 /// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1679 /// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1680 /// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1681 /// 1682 void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1683 bool leafClass, 1684 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1685 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1686 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1687 if (!leafClass) { 1688 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1689 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1690 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1691 } else { 1692 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1693 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1694 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1695 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1696 } 1697 } 1698 1699 /// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1700 /// those inherited by it. 1701 void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1702 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1703 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1704 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1705 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1706 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1707 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1708 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1709 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1710 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1711 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1712 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1713 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1714 } 1715 } 1716 1717 // Categories of this Interface. 1718 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1719 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1720 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1721 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1722 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1723 } 1724 1725 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1726 while (SD) { 1727 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1728 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1729 } 1730 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1731 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1732 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1733 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1734 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1735 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1736 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1737 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1738 } 1739 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1740 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1741 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1742 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1743 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1744 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1745 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1746 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1747 } 1748 } 1749 } 1750 1751 unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1752 unsigned count = 0; 1753 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1754 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1755 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1756 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1757 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1758 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1759 } 1760 1761 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1762 // includes synthesized ivars. 1763 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1764 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1765 1766 return count; 1767 } 1768 1769 bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1770 if (!E) 1771 return false; 1772 1773 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1774 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1775 1776 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1777 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1778 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1779 return true; 1780 1781 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1782 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1783 1784 return false; 1785 } 1786 1787 /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1788 ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1789 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1790 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1791 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1792 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1793 return 0; 1794 } 1795 /// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1796 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1797 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1798 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1799 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1800 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1801 return 0; 1802 } 1803 1804 /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1805 void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1806 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1807 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1808 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1809 } 1810 /// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1811 void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1812 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1813 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1814 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1815 } 1816 1817 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1818 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1819 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1820 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1821 return ID; 1822 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1823 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1824 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1825 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1826 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1827 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1828 1829 return 0; 1830 } 1831 1832 /// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1833 /// none exists. 1834 Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1835 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1836 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1837 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1838 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1839 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1840 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1841 } 1842 1843 /// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1844 void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1845 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1846 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1847 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1848 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1849 } 1850 1851 TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1852 unsigned DataSize) const { 1853 if (!DataSize) 1854 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1855 else 1856 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1857 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1858 1859 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1860 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1861 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1862 return TInfo; 1863 } 1864 1865 TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1866 SourceLocation L) const { 1867 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1868 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1869 return DI; 1870 } 1871 1872 const ASTRecordLayout & 1873 ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1874 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1875 } 1876 1877 const ASTRecordLayout & 1878 ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1879 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1880 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1881 } 1882 1883 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1884 // Type creation/memoization methods 1885 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1886 1887 QualType 1888 ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1889 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1890 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1891 1892 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1893 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1894 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1895 void *insertPos = 0; 1896 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1897 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1898 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1899 } 1900 1901 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1902 QualType canon; 1903 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1904 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1905 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1906 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1907 1908 // Re-find the insert position. 1909 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1910 } 1911 1912 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1913 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1914 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1915 } 1916 1917 QualType 1918 ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1919 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1920 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1921 return T; 1922 1923 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1924 // into one ExtQuals node. 1925 QualifierCollector Quals; 1926 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1927 1928 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1929 // another one. 1930 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1931 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1932 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1933 1934 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1935 } 1936 1937 QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1938 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1939 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1940 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1941 return T; 1942 1943 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1944 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1945 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1946 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1947 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1948 } 1949 } 1950 1951 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1952 // into one ExtQuals node. 1953 QualifierCollector Quals; 1954 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1955 1956 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1957 // another one. 1958 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1959 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1960 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1961 1962 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1963 } 1964 1965 const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1966 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1967 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1968 return T; 1969 1970 QualType Result; 1971 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1972 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1973 } else { 1974 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1975 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1976 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1977 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 1978 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1979 FPT->getNumArgs()), 1980 EPI); 1981 } 1982 1983 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1984 } 1985 1986 /// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1987 /// number with the specified element type. 1988 QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1989 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1990 // structure. 1991 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1992 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1993 1994 void *InsertPos = 0; 1995 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1996 return QualType(CT, 0); 1997 1998 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1999 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2000 QualType Canonical; 2001 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2002 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2003 2004 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2005 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2006 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2007 } 2008 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2009 Types.push_back(New); 2010 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2011 return QualType(New, 0); 2012 } 2013 2014 /// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2015 /// the specified type. 2016 QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2017 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2018 // structure. 2019 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2020 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2021 2022 void *InsertPos = 0; 2023 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2024 return QualType(PT, 0); 2025 2026 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2027 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2028 QualType Canonical; 2029 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2030 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2031 2032 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2033 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2034 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2035 } 2036 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2037 Types.push_back(New); 2038 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2039 return QualType(New, 0); 2040 } 2041 2042 /// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2043 /// a pointer to the specified block. 2044 QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2045 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2046 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2047 // structure. 2048 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2049 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2050 2051 void *InsertPos = 0; 2052 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2053 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2054 return QualType(PT, 0); 2055 2056 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2057 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2058 QualType Canonical; 2059 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2060 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2061 2062 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2063 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2064 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2065 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2066 } 2067 BlockPointerType *New 2068 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2069 Types.push_back(New); 2070 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2071 return QualType(New, 0); 2072 } 2073 2074 /// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2075 /// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2076 QualType 2077 ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2078 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2079 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2080 2081 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2082 // structure. 2083 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2084 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2085 2086 void *InsertPos = 0; 2087 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2088 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2089 return QualType(RT, 0); 2090 2091 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2092 2093 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2094 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2095 QualType Canonical; 2096 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2097 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2098 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2099 2100 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2101 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2102 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2103 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2104 } 2105 2106 LValueReferenceType *New 2107 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2108 SpelledAsLValue); 2109 Types.push_back(New); 2110 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2111 2112 return QualType(New, 0); 2113 } 2114 2115 /// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2116 /// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2117 QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2118 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2119 // structure. 2120 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2121 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2122 2123 void *InsertPos = 0; 2124 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2125 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2126 return QualType(RT, 0); 2127 2128 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2129 2130 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2131 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2132 QualType Canonical; 2133 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2134 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2135 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2136 2137 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2138 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2139 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2140 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2141 } 2142 2143 RValueReferenceType *New 2144 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2145 Types.push_back(New); 2146 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2147 return QualType(New, 0); 2148 } 2149 2150 /// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2151 /// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2152 QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2153 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2154 // structure. 2155 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2156 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2157 2158 void *InsertPos = 0; 2159 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2160 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2161 return QualType(PT, 0); 2162 2163 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2164 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2165 QualType Canonical; 2166 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2167 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2168 2169 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2170 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2171 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2172 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2173 } 2174 MemberPointerType *New 2175 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2176 Types.push_back(New); 2177 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2178 return QualType(New, 0); 2179 } 2180 2181 /// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2182 /// array of the specified element type. 2183 QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2184 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2185 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2186 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2187 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2188 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2189 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2190 2191 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2192 // the target. 2193 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2194 ArySize = 2195 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2196 2197 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2198 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2199 2200 void *InsertPos = 0; 2201 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2202 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2203 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2204 2205 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2206 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2207 QualType Canon; 2208 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2209 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2210 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2211 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2212 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2213 2214 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2215 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2216 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2217 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2218 } 2219 2220 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2221 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2222 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2223 Types.push_back(New); 2224 return QualType(New, 0); 2225 } 2226 2227 /// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2228 /// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2229 /// sizes replaced with [*]. 2230 QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2231 // Vastly most common case. 2232 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2233 2234 QualType result; 2235 2236 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2237 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2238 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2239 #define TYPE(Class, Base) 2240 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2241 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2242 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2243 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2244 2245 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2246 case Type::Builtin: 2247 case Type::Complex: 2248 case Type::Vector: 2249 case Type::ExtVector: 2250 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2251 case Type::ObjCObject: 2252 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2253 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2254 case Type::Record: 2255 case Type::Enum: 2256 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2257 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2258 case Type::TypeOf: 2259 case Type::Decltype: 2260 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2261 case Type::DependentName: 2262 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2263 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2264 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2265 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2266 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2267 case Type::Auto: 2268 case Type::PackExpansion: 2269 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2270 2271 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2272 // further decay. 2273 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2274 case Type::FunctionProto: 2275 case Type::BlockPointer: 2276 case Type::MemberPointer: 2277 return type; 2278 2279 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2280 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2281 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2282 // optimizations available here. 2283 case Type::Pointer: 2284 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2285 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2286 break; 2287 2288 case Type::LValueReference: { 2289 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2290 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2291 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2292 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2293 break; 2294 } 2295 2296 case Type::RValueReference: { 2297 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2298 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2299 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2300 break; 2301 } 2302 2303 case Type::Atomic: { 2304 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2305 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2306 break; 2307 } 2308 2309 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2310 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2311 result = getConstantArrayType( 2312 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2313 cat->getSize(), 2314 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2315 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2316 break; 2317 } 2318 2319 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2320 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2321 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2322 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2323 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2324 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2325 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2326 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2327 break; 2328 } 2329 2330 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2331 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2332 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2333 result = getVariableArrayType( 2334 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2335 /*size*/ 0, 2336 ArrayType::Normal, 2337 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2338 SourceRange()); 2339 break; 2340 } 2341 2342 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2343 case Type::VariableArray: { 2344 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2345 result = getVariableArrayType( 2346 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2347 /*size*/ 0, 2348 ArrayType::Star, 2349 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2350 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2351 break; 2352 } 2353 } 2354 2355 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2356 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2357 } 2358 2359 /// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2360 /// variable array of the specified element type. 2361 QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2362 Expr *NumElts, 2363 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2364 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2365 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2366 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2367 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2368 QualType Canon; 2369 2370 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2371 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2372 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2373 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2374 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2375 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2376 } 2377 2378 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2379 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2380 2381 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2382 Types.push_back(New); 2383 return QualType(New, 0); 2384 } 2385 2386 /// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2387 /// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2388 /// type. 2389 QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2390 Expr *numElements, 2391 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2392 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2393 SourceRange brackets) const { 2394 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2395 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2396 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2397 2398 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2399 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2400 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2401 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2402 if (!numElements) { 2403 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2404 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2405 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2406 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2407 brackets); 2408 Types.push_back(newType); 2409 return QualType(newType, 0); 2410 } 2411 2412 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2413 // also build a canonical type. 2414 2415 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2416 2417 void *insertPos = 0; 2418 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2419 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2420 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2421 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2422 2423 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2424 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2425 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2426 2427 // If we don't have one, build one. 2428 if (!canonTy) { 2429 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2430 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2431 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2432 brackets); 2433 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2434 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2435 } 2436 2437 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2438 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2439 canonElementType.Quals); 2440 2441 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2442 // then just use that as our result. 2443 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2444 return canon; 2445 2446 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2447 // of the element type. 2448 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2449 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2450 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2451 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2452 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2453 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2454 } 2455 2456 QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2457 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2458 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2459 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2460 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2461 2462 void *insertPos = 0; 2463 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2464 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2465 return QualType(iat, 0); 2466 2467 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2468 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2469 // qualifiers off the element type. 2470 QualType canon; 2471 2472 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2473 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2474 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2475 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2476 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2477 2478 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2479 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2480 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2481 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2482 } 2483 2484 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2485 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2486 2487 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2488 Types.push_back(newType); 2489 return QualType(newType, 0); 2490 } 2491 2492 /// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2493 /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2494 QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2495 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2496 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2497 2498 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2499 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2500 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2501 2502 void *InsertPos = 0; 2503 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2504 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2505 2506 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2507 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2508 QualType Canonical; 2509 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2510 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2511 2512 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2513 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2514 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2515 } 2516 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2517 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2518 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2519 Types.push_back(New); 2520 return QualType(New, 0); 2521 } 2522 2523 /// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2524 /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2525 QualType 2526 ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2527 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2528 2529 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2530 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2531 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2532 VectorType::GenericVector); 2533 void *InsertPos = 0; 2534 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2535 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2536 2537 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2538 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2539 QualType Canonical; 2540 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2541 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2542 2543 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2544 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2545 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2546 } 2547 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2548 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2549 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2550 Types.push_back(New); 2551 return QualType(New, 0); 2552 } 2553 2554 QualType 2555 ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2556 Expr *SizeExpr, 2557 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2558 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2559 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2560 SizeExpr); 2561 2562 void *InsertPos = 0; 2563 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2564 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2565 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2566 if (Canon) { 2567 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2568 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2569 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2570 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2571 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2572 } else { 2573 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2574 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2575 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2576 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2577 AttrLoc); 2578 2579 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2580 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2581 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2582 (void)CanonCheck; 2583 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2584 } else { 2585 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2586 SourceLocation()); 2587 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2588 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2589 } 2590 } 2591 2592 Types.push_back(New); 2593 return QualType(New, 0); 2594 } 2595 2596 /// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2597 /// 2598 QualType 2599 ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2600 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2601 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2602 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2603 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2604 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2605 // structure. 2606 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2607 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2608 2609 void *InsertPos = 0; 2610 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2611 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2612 return QualType(FT, 0); 2613 2614 QualType Canonical; 2615 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2616 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2617 Canonical = 2618 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2619 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2620 2621 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2622 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2623 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2624 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2625 } 2626 2627 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2628 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2629 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2630 Types.push_back(New); 2631 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2632 return QualType(New, 0); 2633 } 2634 2635 /// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2636 static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2637 return T.isCanonical() && 2638 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2639 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2640 } 2641 2642 /// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2643 /// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2644 QualType 2645 ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2646 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2647 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2648 2649 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2650 // structure. 2651 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2652 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2653 *this); 2654 2655 void *InsertPos = 0; 2656 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2657 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2658 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2659 2660 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2661 bool isCanonical = 2662 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2663 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2664 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2665 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2666 isCanonical = false; 2667 2668 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2669 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2670 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2671 2672 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2673 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2674 QualType Canonical; 2675 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2676 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2677 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2678 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2679 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2680 2681 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2682 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2683 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2684 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2685 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2686 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2687 2688 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2689 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2690 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2691 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2692 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2693 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2694 } 2695 2696 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2697 2698 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2699 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2700 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2701 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2702 } 2703 2704 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2705 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2706 // - parameter types 2707 // - exception types 2708 // - consumed-arguments flags 2709 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2710 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2711 // specification. 2712 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2713 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2714 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2715 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2716 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2717 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2718 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2719 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2720 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2721 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2722 } 2723 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2724 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2725 2726 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2727 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2728 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2729 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2730 Types.push_back(FTP); 2731 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2732 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2733 } 2734 2735 #ifndef NDEBUG 2736 static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2737 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2738 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2739 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2740 return true; 2741 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2742 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2743 return true; 2744 return false; 2745 } 2746 #endif 2747 2748 /// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2749 /// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2750 QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2751 QualType TST) const { 2752 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2753 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2754 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2755 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2756 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2757 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2758 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2759 } else { 2760 Type *newType = 2761 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2762 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2763 Types.push_back(newType); 2764 } 2765 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2766 } 2767 2768 /// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2769 /// specified type declaration. 2770 QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2771 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2772 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2773 2774 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2775 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2776 2777 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2778 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2779 2780 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2781 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2782 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2783 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2784 return getRecordType(Record); 2785 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2786 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2787 "enum has previous declaration"); 2788 return getEnumType(Enum); 2789 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2790 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2791 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2792 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2793 Types.push_back(newType); 2794 } else 2795 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2796 2797 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2798 } 2799 2800 /// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2801 /// specified typedef name decl. 2802 QualType 2803 ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2804 QualType Canonical) const { 2805 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2806 2807 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2808 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2809 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2810 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2811 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2812 Types.push_back(newType); 2813 return QualType(newType, 0); 2814 } 2815 2816 QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2817 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2818 2819 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2820 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2821 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2822 2823 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2824 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2825 Types.push_back(newType); 2826 return QualType(newType, 0); 2827 } 2828 2829 QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2830 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2831 2832 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2833 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2834 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2835 2836 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2837 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2838 Types.push_back(newType); 2839 return QualType(newType, 0); 2840 } 2841 2842 QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2843 QualType modifiedType, 2844 QualType equivalentType) { 2845 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2846 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2847 2848 void *insertPos = 0; 2849 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2850 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2851 2852 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2853 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2854 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2855 2856 Types.push_back(type); 2857 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2858 2859 return QualType(type, 0); 2860 } 2861 2862 2863 /// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2864 QualType 2865 ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2866 QualType Replacement) const { 2867 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2868 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2869 2870 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2871 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2872 void *InsertPos = 0; 2873 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2874 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2875 2876 if (!SubstParm) { 2877 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2878 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2879 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2880 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2881 } 2882 2883 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2884 } 2885 2886 /// \brief Retrieve a 2887 QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2888 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2889 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2890 #ifndef NDEBUG 2891 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2892 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2893 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2894 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2895 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2896 } 2897 #endif 2898 2899 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2900 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2901 void *InsertPos = 0; 2902 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2903 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2904 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2905 2906 QualType Canon; 2907 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2908 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2909 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2910 ArgPack); 2911 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2912 } 2913 2914 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2915 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2916 ArgPack); 2917 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2918 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2919 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2920 } 2921 2922 /// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2923 /// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2924 /// name. 2925 QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2926 bool ParameterPack, 2927 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2928 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2929 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2930 void *InsertPos = 0; 2931 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2932 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2933 2934 if (TypeParm) 2935 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2936 2937 if (TTPDecl) { 2938 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2939 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2940 2941 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2942 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2943 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2944 (void)TypeCheck; 2945 } else 2946 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2947 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2948 2949 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2950 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2951 2952 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2953 } 2954 2955 TypeSourceInfo * 2956 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2957 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2958 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2959 QualType Underlying) const { 2960 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2961 "No dependent template names here!"); 2962 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2963 2964 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2965 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 2966 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 2967 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2968 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2969 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2970 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2971 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2972 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2973 return DI; 2974 } 2975 2976 QualType 2977 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2978 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2979 QualType Underlying) const { 2980 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2981 "No dependent template names here!"); 2982 2983 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2984 2985 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2986 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2987 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2988 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2989 2990 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2991 Underlying); 2992 } 2993 2994 #ifndef NDEBUG 2995 static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2996 unsigned NumArgs) { 2997 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2998 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2999 return true; 3000 3001 return true; 3002 } 3003 #endif 3004 3005 QualType 3006 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3007 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3008 unsigned NumArgs, 3009 QualType Underlying) const { 3010 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3011 "No dependent template names here!"); 3012 // Look through qualified template names. 3013 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3014 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3015 3016 bool IsTypeAlias = 3017 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3018 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3019 QualType CanonType; 3020 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3021 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3022 else { 3023 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3024 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3025 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3026 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3027 IsTypeAlias = false; 3028 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3029 NumArgs); 3030 } 3031 3032 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3033 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3034 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3035 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3036 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3037 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3038 TypeAlignment); 3039 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3040 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3041 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3042 3043 Types.push_back(Spec); 3044 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3045 } 3046 3047 QualType 3048 ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3049 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3050 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3051 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3052 "No dependent template names here!"); 3053 3054 // Look through qualified template names. 3055 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3056 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3057 3058 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3059 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3060 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3061 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3062 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3063 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3064 3065 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3066 // exists. 3067 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3068 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3069 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3070 3071 void *InsertPos = 0; 3072 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3073 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3074 3075 if (!Spec) { 3076 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3077 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3078 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3079 TypeAlignment); 3080 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3081 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3082 QualType(), QualType()); 3083 Types.push_back(Spec); 3084 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3085 } 3086 3087 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3088 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3089 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3090 } 3091 3092 QualType 3093 ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3094 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3095 QualType NamedType) const { 3096 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3097 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3098 3099 void *InsertPos = 0; 3100 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3101 if (T) 3102 return QualType(T, 0); 3103 3104 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3105 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3106 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3107 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3108 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3109 (void)CheckT; 3110 } 3111 3112 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3113 Types.push_back(T); 3114 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3115 return QualType(T, 0); 3116 } 3117 3118 QualType 3119 ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3120 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3121 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3122 3123 void *InsertPos = 0; 3124 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3125 if (T) 3126 return QualType(T, 0); 3127 3128 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3129 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3130 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3131 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3132 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3133 (void)CheckT; 3134 } 3135 3136 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3137 Types.push_back(T); 3138 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3139 return QualType(T, 0); 3140 } 3141 3142 QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3143 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3144 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3145 QualType Canon) const { 3146 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3147 3148 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3149 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3150 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3151 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3152 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3153 3154 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3155 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3156 } 3157 3158 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3159 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3160 3161 void *InsertPos = 0; 3162 DependentNameType *T 3163 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3164 if (T) 3165 return QualType(T, 0); 3166 3167 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3168 Types.push_back(T); 3169 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3170 return QualType(T, 0); 3171 } 3172 3173 QualType 3174 ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3175 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3176 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3177 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3178 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3179 // TODO: avoid this copy 3180 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3181 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3182 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3183 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3184 ArgCopy.size(), 3185 ArgCopy.data()); 3186 } 3187 3188 QualType 3189 ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3190 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3191 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3192 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3193 unsigned NumArgs, 3194 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3195 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3196 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3197 3198 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3199 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3200 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3201 3202 void *InsertPos = 0; 3203 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3204 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3205 if (T) 3206 return QualType(T, 0); 3207 3208 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3209 3210 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3211 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3212 3213 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3214 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3215 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3216 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3217 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3218 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3219 } 3220 3221 QualType Canon; 3222 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3223 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3224 Name, NumArgs, 3225 CanonArgs.data()); 3226 3227 // Find the insert position again. 3228 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3229 } 3230 3231 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3232 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3233 TypeAlignment); 3234 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3235 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3236 Types.push_back(T); 3237 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3238 return QualType(T, 0); 3239 } 3240 3241 QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3242 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3243 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3244 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3245 3246 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3247 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3248 void *InsertPos = 0; 3249 PackExpansionType *T 3250 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3251 if (T) 3252 return QualType(T, 0); 3253 3254 QualType Canon; 3255 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3256 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3257 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3258 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3259 // parameters. 3260 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3261 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3262 3263 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3264 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3265 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3266 } 3267 } 3268 3269 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3270 Types.push_back(T); 3271 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3272 return QualType(T, 0); 3273 } 3274 3275 /// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3276 /// alphabetically. 3277 static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3278 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3279 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3280 } 3281 3282 static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3283 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3284 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3285 3286 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3287 return false; 3288 3289 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3290 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3291 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3292 return false; 3293 return true; 3294 } 3295 3296 static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3297 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3298 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3299 3300 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3301 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3302 3303 // Canonicalize. 3304 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3305 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3306 3307 // Remove duplicates. 3308 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3309 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3310 } 3311 3312 QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3313 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3314 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3315 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3316 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3317 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3318 return BaseType; 3319 3320 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3321 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3322 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3323 void *InsertPos = 0; 3324 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3325 return QualType(QT, 0); 3326 3327 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3328 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3329 QualType Canonical; 3330 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3331 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3332 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3333 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3334 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3335 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3336 3337 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3338 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3339 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3340 } else { 3341 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3342 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3343 } 3344 3345 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3346 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3347 } 3348 3349 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3350 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3351 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3352 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3353 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3354 3355 Types.push_back(T); 3356 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3357 return QualType(T, 0); 3358 } 3359 3360 /// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3361 /// the given object type. 3362 QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3363 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3364 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3365 3366 void *InsertPos = 0; 3367 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3368 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3369 return QualType(QT, 0); 3370 3371 // Find the canonical object type. 3372 QualType Canonical; 3373 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3374 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3375 3376 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3377 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3378 } 3379 3380 // No match. 3381 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3382 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3383 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3384 3385 Types.push_back(QType); 3386 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3387 return QualType(QType, 0); 3388 } 3389 3390 /// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3391 /// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3392 QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3393 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3394 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3395 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3396 3397 if (PrevDecl) { 3398 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3399 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3400 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3401 } 3402 3403 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3404 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3405 Decl = Def; 3406 3407 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3408 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3409 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3410 Types.push_back(T); 3411 return QualType(T, 0); 3412 } 3413 3414 /// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3415 /// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3416 /// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3417 /// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3418 /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3419 QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3420 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3421 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3422 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3423 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3424 3425 void *InsertPos = 0; 3426 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3427 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3428 if (Canon) { 3429 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3430 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3431 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3432 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3433 } else { 3434 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3435 Canon 3436 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3437 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3438 toe = Canon; 3439 } 3440 } else { 3441 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3442 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3443 } 3444 Types.push_back(toe); 3445 return QualType(toe, 0); 3446 } 3447 3448 /// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3449 /// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3450 /// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3451 /// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3452 /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3453 QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3454 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3455 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3456 Types.push_back(tot); 3457 return QualType(tot, 0); 3458 } 3459 3460 3461 /// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3462 /// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3463 /// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3464 /// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3465 /// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3466 QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3467 DecltypeType *dt; 3468 3469 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3470 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3471 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3472 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3473 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3474 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3475 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3476 3477 void *InsertPos = 0; 3478 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3479 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3480 if (Canon) { 3481 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3482 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3483 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3484 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3485 } else { 3486 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3487 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3488 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3489 dt = Canon; 3490 } 3491 } else { 3492 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3493 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3494 } 3495 Types.push_back(dt); 3496 return QualType(dt, 0); 3497 } 3498 3499 /// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3500 /// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3501 QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3502 QualType UnderlyingType, 3503 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3504 const { 3505 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3506 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3507 Kind, 3508 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3509 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3510 Types.push_back(Ty); 3511 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3512 } 3513 3514 /// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3515 QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3516 void *InsertPos = 0; 3517 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3518 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3519 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3520 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3521 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3522 return QualType(AT, 0); 3523 } 3524 3525 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3526 Types.push_back(AT); 3527 if (InsertPos) 3528 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3529 return QualType(AT, 0); 3530 } 3531 3532 /// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3533 /// the given value type. 3534 QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3535 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3536 // structure. 3537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3538 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3539 3540 void *InsertPos = 0; 3541 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3542 return QualType(AT, 0); 3543 3544 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3545 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3546 QualType Canonical; 3547 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3548 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3549 3550 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3551 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3552 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3553 } 3554 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3555 Types.push_back(New); 3556 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3557 return QualType(New, 0); 3558 } 3559 3560 /// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3561 QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3562 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3563 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3564 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3565 return AutoDeductTy; 3566 } 3567 3568 /// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3569 QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3570 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3571 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3572 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3573 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3574 } 3575 3576 /// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3577 /// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3578 QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3579 assert (Decl); 3580 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3581 // away const? mutable? 3582 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3583 } 3584 3585 /// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3586 /// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3587 /// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3588 CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3589 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3590 } 3591 3592 /// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3593 CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3594 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3595 } 3596 3597 /// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3598 CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3599 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3600 } 3601 3602 /// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3603 /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3604 QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3605 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3606 return WCharTy; 3607 } 3608 3609 /// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3610 /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3611 QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3612 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3613 return UnsignedIntTy; 3614 } 3615 3616 QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3617 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3618 } 3619 3620 QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3621 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3622 } 3623 3624 /// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3625 /// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3626 QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3627 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3628 } 3629 3630 /// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3631 /// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3632 QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3633 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3634 } 3635 3636 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3637 // Type Operators 3638 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3639 3640 CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3641 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3642 // qualifiers. 3643 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3644 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3645 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3646 QualType Result; 3647 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3648 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3649 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3650 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3651 } else { 3652 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3653 } 3654 3655 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3656 } 3657 3658 QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3659 Qualifiers &quals) { 3660 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3661 3662 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3663 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3664 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3665 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3666 const ArrayType *AT = 3667 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3668 3669 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3670 if (!AT) { 3671 quals = splitType.Quals; 3672 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3673 } 3674 3675 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3676 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3677 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3678 3679 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3680 // can just use the results in splitType. 3681 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3682 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3683 quals = splitType.Quals; 3684 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3685 } 3686 3687 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3688 // build the type back up. 3689 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3690 3691 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3692 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3693 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3694 } 3695 3696 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3697 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3698 } 3699 3700 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3701 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3702 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3703 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3704 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3705 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3706 } 3707 3708 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3709 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3710 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3711 SourceRange()); 3712 } 3713 3714 /// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3715 /// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3716 /// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3717 /// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3718 /// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3719 /// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3720 /// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3721 /// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3722 bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3723 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3724 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3725 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3726 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3727 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3728 return true; 3729 } 3730 3731 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3732 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3733 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3734 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3735 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3736 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3737 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3738 return true; 3739 } 3740 3741 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3742 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3743 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3744 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3745 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3746 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3747 return true; 3748 } 3749 } 3750 3751 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3752 3753 return false; 3754 } 3755 3756 DeclarationNameInfo 3757 ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3758 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3759 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3760 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3761 case TemplateName::Template: 3762 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3763 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3764 NameLoc); 3765 3766 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3767 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3768 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3769 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3770 } 3771 3772 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3773 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3774 DeclarationName DName; 3775 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3776 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3777 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3778 } else { 3779 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3780 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3781 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3782 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3783 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3784 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3785 } 3786 } 3787 3788 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3789 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3790 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3791 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3792 NameLoc); 3793 } 3794 3795 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3796 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3797 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3798 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3799 NameLoc); 3800 } 3801 } 3802 3803 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3804 } 3805 3806 TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3807 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3808 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3809 case TemplateName::Template: { 3810 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3811 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3812 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3813 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3814 3815 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3816 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3817 } 3818 3819 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3820 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3821 3822 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3823 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3824 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3825 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3826 } 3827 3828 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3829 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3830 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3831 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3832 } 3833 3834 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3835 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3836 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3837 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3838 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3839 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3840 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3841 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3842 } 3843 } 3844 3845 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3846 } 3847 3848 bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3849 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3850 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3851 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3852 } 3853 3854 TemplateArgument 3855 ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3856 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3857 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3858 return Arg; 3859 3860 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3861 return Arg; 3862 3863 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3864 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3865 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3866 } 3867 3868 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3869 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3870 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3871 3872 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3873 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3874 3875 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3876 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3877 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3878 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3879 3880 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3881 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3882 3883 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3884 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3885 3886 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3887 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3888 return Arg; 3889 3890 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3891 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3892 unsigned Idx = 0; 3893 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3894 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3895 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3896 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3897 3898 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3899 } 3900 } 3901 3902 // Silence GCC warning 3903 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3904 } 3905 3906 NestedNameSpecifier * 3907 ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3908 if (!NNS) 3909 return 0; 3910 3911 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3912 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3913 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3914 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3915 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3916 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3917 3918 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3919 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3920 // this namespace and no prefix. 3921 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3922 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3923 3924 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3925 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3926 // this namespace and no prefix. 3927 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3928 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3929 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3930 3931 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3932 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3933 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3934 3935 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3936 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3937 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3938 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3939 // types, e.g., 3940 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3941 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3942 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3943 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3944 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3945 3946 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3947 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3948 // first place? 3949 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3950 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3951 } 3952 3953 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3954 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3955 return NNS; 3956 } 3957 3958 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3959 } 3960 3961 3962 const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3963 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3964 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3965 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3966 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3967 return AT; 3968 } 3969 3970 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3971 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3972 return 0; 3973 3974 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3975 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3976 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3977 3978 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3979 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3980 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3981 3982 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3983 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3984 3985 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3986 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3987 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3988 return ATy; 3989 3990 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3991 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3992 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3993 3994 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3995 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3996 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3997 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3998 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3999 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4000 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4001 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4002 4003 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4004 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4005 return cast<ArrayType>( 4006 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4007 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4008 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4009 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4010 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4011 4012 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4013 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4014 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4015 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4016 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4017 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4018 } 4019 4020 QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4021 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4022 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4023 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4024 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4025 // the array type derivation. 4026 if (T->isArrayType()) 4027 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4028 4029 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4030 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4031 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4032 // in 6.3.2.1. 4033 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4034 return getPointerType(T); 4035 4036 return T; 4037 } 4038 4039 QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4040 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4041 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4042 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4043 } 4044 4045 /// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4046 /// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4047 /// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4048 /// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4049 /// 4050 /// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4051 QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4052 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4053 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4054 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4055 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4056 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4057 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4058 4059 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4060 4061 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4062 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4063 } 4064 4065 QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4066 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4067 } 4068 4069 QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4070 Qualifiers qs; 4071 while (true) { 4072 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4073 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4074 if (!array) break; 4075 4076 type = array->getElementType(); 4077 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4078 } 4079 4080 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4081 } 4082 4083 /// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4084 uint64_t 4085 ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4086 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4087 do { 4088 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4089 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4090 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4091 } while (CA); 4092 return ElementCount; 4093 } 4094 4095 /// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4096 /// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4097 static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4098 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4099 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4100 4101 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4102 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4103 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4104 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4105 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4106 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4107 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4108 } 4109 } 4110 4111 /// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4112 /// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4113 /// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4114 /// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4115 QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4116 QualType Domain) const { 4117 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4118 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4119 switch (EltRank) { 4120 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4121 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4122 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4123 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4124 } 4125 } 4126 4127 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4128 switch (EltRank) { 4129 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4130 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4131 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4132 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4133 } 4134 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4135 } 4136 4137 /// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4138 /// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4139 /// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4140 /// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4141 int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4142 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4143 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4144 4145 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4146 return 0; 4147 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4148 return 1; 4149 return -1; 4150 } 4151 4152 /// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4153 /// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4154 /// or if it is not canonicalized. 4155 unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4156 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4157 4158 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4159 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4160 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4161 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4162 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4163 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4164 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4165 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4166 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4167 case BuiltinType::Short: 4168 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4169 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4170 case BuiltinType::Int: 4171 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4172 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4173 case BuiltinType::Long: 4174 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4175 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4176 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4177 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4178 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4179 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4180 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4181 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4182 } 4183 } 4184 4185 /// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4186 /// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4187 /// 4188 /// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4189 /// promotion occurs. 4190 QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4191 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4192 return QualType(); 4193 4194 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4195 if (!Field) 4196 return QualType(); 4197 4198 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4199 4200 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4201 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4202 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4203 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4204 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4205 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4206 return IntTy; 4207 4208 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4209 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4210 4211 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4212 // like the base type. 4213 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4214 // is ridiculous. 4215 return QualType(); 4216 } 4217 4218 /// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4219 /// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4220 /// integer type. 4221 QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4222 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4223 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4224 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4225 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4226 4227 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4228 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4229 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4230 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4231 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4232 // unsigned long long int [...] 4233 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4234 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4235 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4236 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4237 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4238 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4239 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4240 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4241 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4242 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4243 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4244 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4245 (FromSize == ToSize && 4246 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4247 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4248 } 4249 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4250 } 4251 } 4252 4253 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4254 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4255 return IntTy; 4256 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4257 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4258 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4259 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4260 } 4261 4262 /// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4263 /// type and returns its ownership. 4264 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4265 while (!T.isNull()) { 4266 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4267 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4268 if (T->isArrayType()) 4269 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4270 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4271 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4272 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4273 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4274 else 4275 break; 4276 } 4277 4278 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4279 } 4280 4281 /// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4282 /// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4283 /// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4284 int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4285 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4286 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4287 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4288 4289 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4290 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4291 4292 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4293 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4294 4295 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4296 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4297 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4298 } 4299 4300 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4301 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4302 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4303 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4304 return 1; 4305 4306 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4307 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4308 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4309 return -1; 4310 } 4311 4312 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4313 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4314 return -1; 4315 4316 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4317 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4318 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4319 return 1; 4320 } 4321 4322 static RecordDecl * 4323 CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4324 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4325 SourceLocation Loc; 4326 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4327 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4328 else 4329 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4330 } 4331 4332 // getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4333 QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4334 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4335 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4336 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4337 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4338 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4339 4340 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4341 4342 // const int *isa; 4343 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4344 // int flags; 4345 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4346 // const char *str; 4347 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4348 // long length; 4349 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4350 4351 // Create fields 4352 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4353 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4354 SourceLocation(), 4355 SourceLocation(), 0, 4356 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4357 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4358 /*Mutable=*/false, 4359 ICIS_NoInit); 4360 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4361 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4362 } 4363 4364 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4365 } 4366 4367 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4368 } 4369 4370 QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4371 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4372 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4373 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4374 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4375 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4376 } 4377 return ObjCSuperType; 4378 } 4379 4380 void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4381 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4382 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4383 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4384 } 4385 4386 QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4387 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4388 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4389 4390 RecordDecl *T; 4391 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4392 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4393 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4394 T->startDefinition(); 4395 4396 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4397 UnsignedLongTy, 4398 UnsignedLongTy, 4399 }; 4400 4401 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4402 "reserved", 4403 "Size" 4404 }; 4405 4406 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4407 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4408 SourceLocation(), 4409 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4410 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4411 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4412 /*Mutable=*/false, 4413 ICIS_NoInit); 4414 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4415 T->addDecl(Field); 4416 } 4417 4418 T->completeDefinition(); 4419 4420 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4421 4422 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4423 } 4424 4425 QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4426 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4427 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4428 4429 RecordDecl *T; 4430 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4431 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4432 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4433 T->startDefinition(); 4434 4435 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4436 UnsignedLongTy, 4437 UnsignedLongTy, 4438 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4439 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4440 }; 4441 4442 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4443 "reserved", 4444 "Size", 4445 "CopyFuncPtr", 4446 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4447 }; 4448 4449 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4450 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4451 SourceLocation(), 4452 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4453 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4454 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4455 /*Mutable=*/false, 4456 ICIS_NoInit); 4457 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4458 T->addDecl(Field); 4459 } 4460 4461 T->completeDefinition(); 4462 4463 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4464 4465 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4466 } 4467 4468 /// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4469 /// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4470 /// in buildByrefHelpers. 4471 bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4472 const VarDecl *D) { 4473 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4474 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4475 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4476 4477 return true; 4478 } 4479 4480 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4481 4482 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4483 4484 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4485 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4486 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4487 4488 switch (lifetime) { 4489 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4490 4491 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4492 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4493 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4494 return false; 4495 4496 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4497 // byref routines. 4498 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4499 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4500 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4501 return true; 4502 } 4503 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4504 } 4505 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4506 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4507 } 4508 4509 bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4510 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4511 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4512 4513 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4514 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4515 return false; 4516 4517 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4518 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4519 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4520 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4521 } 4522 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4523 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4524 // MRR. 4525 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4526 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4527 else 4528 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4529 return true; 4530 } 4531 4532 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4533 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4534 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4535 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4536 SourceLocation(), 4537 SourceLocation(), 4538 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4539 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4540 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4541 } 4542 4543 // This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4544 // typedef <type> BOOL; 4545 static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4546 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4547 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4548 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4549 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 /// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4554 /// purpose. 4555 CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4556 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4557 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4558 4559 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4560 4561 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4562 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4563 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4564 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4565 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4566 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4567 return sz; 4568 } 4569 4570 static inline 4571 std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4572 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4573 } 4574 4575 /// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4576 /// declaration. 4577 std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4578 std::string S; 4579 4580 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4581 QualType BlockTy = 4582 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4583 // Encode result type. 4584 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4585 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4586 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4587 S, true /*Extended*/); 4588 else 4589 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4590 S); 4591 // Compute size of all parameters. 4592 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4593 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4594 SourceLocation Loc; 4595 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4596 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4597 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4598 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4599 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4600 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4601 if (sz.isZero()) 4602 continue; 4603 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4604 ParmOffset += sz; 4605 } 4606 // Size of the argument frame 4607 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4608 // Block pointer and offset. 4609 S += "@?0"; 4610 4611 // Argument types. 4612 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4613 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4614 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4615 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4616 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4617 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4618 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4619 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4620 // elements. 4621 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4622 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4623 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4624 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4625 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4626 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4627 S, true /*Extended*/); 4628 else 4629 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4630 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4631 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4632 } 4633 4634 return S; 4635 } 4636 4637 bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4638 std::string& S) { 4639 // Encode result type. 4640 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4641 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4642 // Compute size of all parameters. 4643 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4644 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4645 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4646 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4647 if (sz.isZero()) 4648 continue; 4649 4650 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4651 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4652 ParmOffset += sz; 4653 } 4654 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4655 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4656 4657 // Argument types. 4658 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4659 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4660 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4661 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4662 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4663 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4664 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4665 // elements. 4666 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4667 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4668 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4669 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4670 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4671 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4672 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4673 } 4674 4675 return false; 4676 } 4677 4678 /// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4679 /// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4680 /// block object types. 4681 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4682 QualType T, std::string& S, 4683 bool Extended) const { 4684 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4685 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4686 // Encode parameter type. 4687 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4688 true /*OutermostType*/, 4689 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4690 false /*StructField*/, 4691 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4692 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4693 } 4694 4695 /// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4696 /// declaration. 4697 bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4698 std::string& S, 4699 bool Extended) const { 4700 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4701 // Encode return type. 4702 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4703 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4704 // Compute size of all parameters. 4705 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4706 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4707 SourceLocation Loc; 4708 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4709 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4710 // their size. 4711 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4712 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4713 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4714 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4715 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4716 if (sz.isZero()) 4717 continue; 4718 4719 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4720 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4721 ParmOffset += sz; 4722 } 4723 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4724 S += "@0:"; 4725 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4726 4727 // Argument types. 4728 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4729 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4730 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4731 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4732 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4733 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4734 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4735 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4736 // elements. 4737 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4738 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4739 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4740 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4741 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4742 PType, S, Extended); 4743 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4744 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4745 } 4746 4747 return false; 4748 } 4749 4750 /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4751 /// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4752 /// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4753 /// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4754 /// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4755 /// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4756 /// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4757 /// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4758 /// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4759 /// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4760 /// @code 4761 /// enum PropertyAttributes { 4762 /// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4763 /// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4764 /// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4765 /// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4766 /// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4767 /// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4768 /// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4769 /// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4770 /// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4771 /// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4772 /// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4773 /// }; 4774 /// @endcode 4775 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4776 const Decl *Container, 4777 std::string& S) const { 4778 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4779 bool Dynamic = false; 4780 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4781 4782 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4783 if (Container) { 4784 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4785 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4786 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4787 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4788 i != e; ++i) { 4789 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4790 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4791 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4792 Dynamic = true; 4793 } else { 4794 SynthesizePID = PID; 4795 } 4796 } 4797 } 4798 } else { 4799 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4800 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4801 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4802 i != e; ++i) { 4803 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4804 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4805 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4806 Dynamic = true; 4807 } else { 4808 SynthesizePID = PID; 4809 } 4810 } 4811 } 4812 } 4813 } 4814 4815 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4816 S = "T"; 4817 4818 // Encode result type. 4819 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4820 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4821 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4822 true /* outermost type */, 4823 true /* encoding for property */); 4824 4825 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4826 S += ",R"; 4827 } else { 4828 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4829 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4830 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4831 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4832 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4833 } 4834 } 4835 4836 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4837 // are "dynamic by default". 4838 if (Dynamic) 4839 S += ",D"; 4840 4841 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4842 S += ",N"; 4843 4844 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4845 S += ",G"; 4846 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4847 } 4848 4849 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4850 S += ",S"; 4851 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4852 } 4853 4854 if (SynthesizePID) { 4855 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4856 S += ",V"; 4857 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4858 } 4859 4860 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4861 } 4862 4863 /// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4864 /// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4865 /// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4866 /// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4867 /// 4868 void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4869 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4870 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4871 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4872 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4873 else 4874 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4875 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4876 } 4877 } 4878 } 4879 4880 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4881 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4882 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4883 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4884 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4885 // same type. 4886 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4887 true /* outermost type */); 4888 } 4889 4890 static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4891 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4892 switch (kind) { 4893 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4894 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4895 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4896 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4897 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4898 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4899 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4900 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4901 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4902 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4903 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4904 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4905 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4906 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4907 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4908 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4909 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4910 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4911 case BuiltinType::Long: 4912 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4913 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4914 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4915 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4916 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4917 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4918 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 4919 4920 case BuiltinType::Half: 4921 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 4922 return ' '; 4923 4924 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 4925 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 4926 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 4927 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 4928 4929 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 4930 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 4931 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 4932 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 4933 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 4934 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 4935 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 4936 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 4937 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 4938 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 4939 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 4940 #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 4941 case BuiltinType::KIND: 4942 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 4943 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 4944 } 4945 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 4946 } 4947 4948 static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4949 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4950 4951 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4952 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4953 return 'i'; 4954 4955 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4956 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4957 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 4958 } 4959 4960 static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4961 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4962 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4963 S += 'b'; 4964 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4965 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4966 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4967 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4968 // 4969 // struct 4970 // { 4971 // int integer; 4972 // int flags:2; 4973 // }; 4974 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4975 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4976 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4977 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4978 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4979 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4980 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4981 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4982 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4983 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4984 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4985 else { 4986 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4987 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 4988 } 4989 } 4990 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4991 } 4992 4993 // FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4994 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4995 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4996 bool ExpandStructures, 4997 const FieldDecl *FD, 4998 bool OutermostType, 4999 bool EncodingProperty, 5000 bool StructField, 5001 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5002 bool EncodeClassNames, 5003 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5004 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5005 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5006 case Type::Builtin: 5007 case Type::Enum: 5008 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5009 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5010 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5011 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5012 else 5013 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5014 return; 5015 5016 case Type::Complex: { 5017 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5018 S += 'j'; 5019 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5020 false); 5021 return; 5022 } 5023 5024 case Type::Atomic: { 5025 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5026 S += 'A'; 5027 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5028 false, false); 5029 return; 5030 } 5031 5032 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5033 case Type::Pointer: 5034 case Type::LValueReference: 5035 case Type::RValueReference: { 5036 QualType PointeeTy; 5037 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5038 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5039 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5040 S += ':'; 5041 return; 5042 } 5043 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5044 } else { 5045 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5046 } 5047 5048 bool isReadOnly = false; 5049 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5050 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5051 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5052 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5053 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5054 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5055 isReadOnly = true; 5056 S += 'r'; 5057 } 5058 } else if (OutermostType) { 5059 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5060 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5061 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5062 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5063 isReadOnly = true; 5064 S += 'r'; 5065 } 5066 } 5067 if (isReadOnly) { 5068 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5069 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5070 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5071 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5072 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5073 } 5074 5075 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5076 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5077 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5078 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5079 S += '*'; 5080 return; 5081 } 5082 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5083 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5084 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5085 S += '#'; 5086 return; 5087 } 5088 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5089 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5090 S += '@'; 5091 return; 5092 } 5093 // fall through... 5094 } 5095 S += '^'; 5096 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5097 5098 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5099 NULL); 5100 return; 5101 } 5102 5103 case Type::ConstantArray: 5104 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5105 case Type::VariableArray: { 5106 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5107 5108 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5109 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5110 S += '^'; 5111 5112 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5113 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5114 } else { 5115 S += '['; 5116 5117 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5118 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5119 S += '0'; 5120 else 5121 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5122 } else { 5123 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5124 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5125 "Unknown array type!"); 5126 S += '0'; 5127 } 5128 5129 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5130 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5131 S += ']'; 5132 } 5133 return; 5134 } 5135 5136 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5137 case Type::FunctionProto: 5138 S += '?'; 5139 return; 5140 5141 case Type::Record: { 5142 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5143 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5144 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5145 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5146 S += II->getName(); 5147 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5148 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5149 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5150 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5151 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5152 TemplateArgs.data(), 5153 TemplateArgs.size(), 5154 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5155 } 5156 } else { 5157 S += '?'; 5158 } 5159 if (ExpandStructures) { 5160 S += '='; 5161 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5162 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5163 } else { 5164 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5165 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5166 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5167 if (FD) { 5168 S += '"'; 5169 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5170 S += '"'; 5171 } 5172 5173 // Special case bit-fields. 5174 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5175 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5176 *Field); 5177 } else { 5178 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5179 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5180 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5181 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5182 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5183 /*StructField*/true); 5184 } 5185 } 5186 } 5187 } 5188 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5189 return; 5190 } 5191 5192 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5193 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5194 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5195 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5196 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5197 5198 S += '<'; 5199 // Block return type 5200 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5201 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5202 FD, 5203 false /* OutermostType */, 5204 EncodingProperty, 5205 false /* StructField */, 5206 EncodeBlockParameters, 5207 EncodeClassNames); 5208 // Block self 5209 S += "@?"; 5210 // Block parameters 5211 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5212 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5213 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5214 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5215 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5216 ExpandStructures, 5217 FD, 5218 false /* OutermostType */, 5219 EncodingProperty, 5220 false /* StructField */, 5221 EncodeBlockParameters, 5222 EncodeClassNames); 5223 } 5224 } 5225 S += '>'; 5226 } 5227 return; 5228 } 5229 5230 case Type::ObjCObject: 5231 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5232 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5233 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5234 5235 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5236 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5237 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5238 // @encode(class_name) 5239 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5240 S += '{'; 5241 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5242 S += II->getName(); 5243 S += '='; 5244 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5245 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5246 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5247 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5248 if (Field->isBitField()) 5249 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5250 else 5251 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5252 false, false, false, false, false, 5253 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5254 } 5255 S += '}'; 5256 return; 5257 } 5258 5259 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5261 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5262 S += '@'; 5263 return; 5264 } 5265 5266 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5267 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5268 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5269 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5270 S += '#'; 5271 return; 5272 } 5273 5274 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5275 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5276 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5277 ExpandStructures, FD); 5278 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5279 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5280 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5281 S += '"'; 5282 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5283 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5284 S += '<'; 5285 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5286 S += '>'; 5287 } 5288 S += '"'; 5289 } 5290 return; 5291 } 5292 5293 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5294 if (!EncodingProperty && 5295 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5296 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5297 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5298 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5299 // {...}; 5300 S += '^'; 5301 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5302 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5303 NULL, 5304 false, false, false, false, false, 5305 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5306 return; 5307 } 5308 5309 S += '@'; 5310 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5311 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5312 S += '"'; 5313 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5314 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5315 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5316 S += '<'; 5317 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5318 S += '>'; 5319 } 5320 S += '"'; 5321 } 5322 return; 5323 } 5324 5325 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5326 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5327 case Type::MemberPointer: 5328 return; 5329 5330 case Type::Vector: 5331 case Type::ExtVector: 5332 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5333 // insufficient. 5334 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5335 return; 5336 5337 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5338 #define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5339 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5340 case Type::KIND: 5341 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5342 case Type::KIND: 5343 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5344 case Type::KIND: 5345 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5346 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5347 } 5348 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5349 } 5350 5351 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5352 std::string &S, 5353 const FieldDecl *FD, 5354 bool includeVBases) const { 5355 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5356 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5357 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5358 return; 5359 5360 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5361 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5362 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5363 5364 if (CXXRec) { 5365 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5366 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5367 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5368 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5369 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5370 if (base->isEmpty()) 5371 continue; 5372 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5373 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5374 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5375 } 5376 } 5377 } 5378 5379 unsigned i = 0; 5380 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5381 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5382 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5383 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5384 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5385 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5386 } 5387 5388 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5389 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5390 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5391 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5392 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5393 if (base->isEmpty()) 5394 continue; 5395 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5396 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5397 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5398 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5399 } 5400 } 5401 5402 CharUnits size; 5403 if (CXXRec) { 5404 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5405 } else { 5406 size = layout.getSize(); 5407 } 5408 5409 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5410 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5411 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5412 5413 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5414 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5415 if (FD) { 5416 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5417 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5418 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5419 S += recname; 5420 S += '"'; 5421 } 5422 S += "^^?"; 5423 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5424 } 5425 5426 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5427 // Mark the end of the structure. 5428 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5429 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5430 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5431 } 5432 5433 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5434 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5435 5436 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5437 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5438 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5439 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5440 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5441 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5442 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5443 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5444 // longer then though. 5445 CurOffs += padding; 5446 } 5447 5448 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5449 if (dcl == 0) 5450 break; // reached end of structure. 5451 5452 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5453 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5454 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5455 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5456 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5457 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5458 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5459 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5460 } else { 5461 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5462 if (FD) { 5463 S += '"'; 5464 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5465 S += '"'; 5466 } 5467 5468 if (field->isBitField()) { 5469 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5470 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5471 } else { 5472 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5473 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5474 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5475 /*OutermostType*/false, 5476 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5477 /*StructField*/true); 5478 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5479 } 5480 } 5481 } 5482 } 5483 5484 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5485 std::string& S) const { 5486 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5487 S += 'n'; 5488 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5489 S += 'N'; 5490 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5491 S += 'o'; 5492 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5493 S += 'O'; 5494 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5495 S += 'R'; 5496 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5497 S += 'V'; 5498 } 5499 5500 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5501 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5502 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5503 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5504 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5505 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5506 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5507 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5508 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5509 } 5510 5511 return ObjCIdDecl; 5512 } 5513 5514 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5515 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5516 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5517 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5518 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5519 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5520 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5521 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5522 } 5523 return ObjCSelDecl; 5524 } 5525 5526 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5527 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5528 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5529 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5530 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5531 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5532 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5533 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5534 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5535 } 5536 5537 return ObjCClassDecl; 5538 } 5539 5540 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5541 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5542 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5543 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5544 SourceLocation(), 5545 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5546 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5547 SourceLocation(), true); 5548 } 5549 5550 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5551 } 5552 5553 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5554 // __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5555 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5556 5557 static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5558 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5559 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5560 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5561 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5562 5563 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5564 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5565 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5566 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5567 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5568 TInfo); 5569 return VaListTypeDecl; 5570 } 5571 5572 static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5573 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5574 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5575 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5576 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5577 5578 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5579 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5580 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5581 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5582 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5583 TInfo); 5584 return VaListTypeDecl; 5585 } 5586 5587 static TypedefDecl * 5588 CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5589 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5590 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5591 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5592 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5593 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5594 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5595 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5596 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5597 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5598 5599 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5600 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5601 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5602 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5603 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5604 } else { 5605 // struct __va_list 5606 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5607 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5608 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5609 } 5610 5611 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5612 5613 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5614 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5615 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5616 5617 // void *__stack; 5618 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5619 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5620 5621 // void *__gr_top; 5622 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5623 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5624 5625 // void *__vr_top; 5626 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5627 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5628 5629 // int __gr_offs; 5630 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5631 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5632 5633 // int __vr_offs; 5634 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5635 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5636 5637 // Create fields 5638 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5639 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5640 VaListTagDecl, 5641 SourceLocation(), 5642 SourceLocation(), 5643 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5644 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5645 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5646 /*Mutable=*/false, 5647 ICIS_NoInit); 5648 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5649 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5650 } 5651 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5652 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5653 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5654 5655 // } __builtin_va_list; 5656 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5657 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5658 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5659 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5660 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5661 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5662 5663 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5664 } 5665 5666 static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5667 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5668 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5669 5670 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5671 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5672 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5673 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5674 5675 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5676 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5677 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5678 5679 // unsigned char gpr; 5680 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5681 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5682 5683 // unsigned char fpr; 5684 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5685 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5686 5687 // unsigned short reserved; 5688 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5689 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5690 5691 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5692 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5693 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5694 5695 // void* reg_save_area; 5696 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5697 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5698 5699 // Create fields 5700 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5701 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5702 SourceLocation(), 5703 SourceLocation(), 5704 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5705 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5706 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5707 /*Mutable=*/false, 5708 ICIS_NoInit); 5709 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5710 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5711 } 5712 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5713 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5714 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5715 5716 // } __va_list_tag; 5717 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5718 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5719 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5720 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5721 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5722 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5723 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5724 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5725 5726 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5727 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5728 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5729 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5730 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5731 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5732 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5733 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5734 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5735 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5736 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5737 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5738 TInfo); 5739 5740 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5741 } 5742 5743 static TypedefDecl * 5744 CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5745 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5746 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5747 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5748 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5749 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5750 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5751 5752 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5753 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5754 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5755 5756 // unsigned gp_offset; 5757 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5758 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5759 5760 // unsigned fp_offset; 5761 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5762 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5763 5764 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5765 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5766 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5767 5768 // void* reg_save_area; 5769 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5770 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5771 5772 // Create fields 5773 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5774 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5775 VaListTagDecl, 5776 SourceLocation(), 5777 SourceLocation(), 5778 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5779 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5780 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5781 /*Mutable=*/false, 5782 ICIS_NoInit); 5783 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5784 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5785 } 5786 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5787 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5788 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5789 5790 // } __va_list_tag; 5791 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5792 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5793 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5794 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5795 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5796 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5797 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5798 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5799 5800 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5801 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5802 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5803 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5804 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5805 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5806 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5807 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5808 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5809 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5810 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5811 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5812 TInfo); 5813 5814 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5815 } 5816 5817 static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5818 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5819 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5820 QualType IntArrayType 5821 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5822 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5823 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5824 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5825 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5826 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5827 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5828 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5829 5830 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5831 } 5832 5833 static TypedefDecl * 5834 CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5835 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5836 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5837 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5838 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5839 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5840 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5841 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5842 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5843 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5844 5845 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5846 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5847 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5848 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5849 5850 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5851 5852 } else { 5853 // struct __va_list { 5854 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5855 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5856 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5857 } 5858 5859 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5860 5861 // void * __ap; 5862 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5863 VaListDecl, 5864 SourceLocation(), 5865 SourceLocation(), 5866 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5867 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5868 /*TInfo=*/0, 5869 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5870 /*Mutable=*/false, 5871 ICIS_NoInit); 5872 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5873 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5874 5875 // }; 5876 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5877 5878 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5879 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5880 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5881 5882 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5883 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5884 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5885 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5886 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5887 TInfo); 5888 5889 return VaListTypeDecl; 5890 } 5891 5892 static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5893 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5894 switch (Kind) { 5895 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5896 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5897 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5898 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5899 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5900 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5901 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5902 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5903 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5904 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5905 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5906 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5907 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5908 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5909 } 5910 5911 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5912 } 5913 5914 TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5915 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5916 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5917 5918 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5919 } 5920 5921 QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5922 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5923 // declaration. 5924 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5925 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5926 5927 return VaListTagTy; 5928 } 5929 5930 void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5931 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5932 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5933 5934 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5935 } 5936 5937 /// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5938 /// lookup. 5939 TemplateName 5940 ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5941 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5942 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5943 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5944 5945 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5946 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5947 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5948 5949 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5950 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5951 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5952 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5953 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5954 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5955 *Storage++ = D; 5956 } 5957 5958 return TemplateName(OT); 5959 } 5960 5961 /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5962 /// template name such as \c std::vector. 5963 TemplateName 5964 ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5965 bool TemplateKeyword, 5966 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5967 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5968 5969 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5971 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5972 5973 void *InsertPos = 0; 5974 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5975 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5976 if (!QTN) { 5977 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5978 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5979 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5980 } 5981 5982 return TemplateName(QTN); 5983 } 5984 5985 /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5986 /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5987 TemplateName 5988 ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5989 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5990 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5991 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5992 5993 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5994 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5995 5996 void *InsertPos = 0; 5997 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5998 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5999 6000 if (QTN) 6001 return TemplateName(QTN); 6002 6003 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6004 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6005 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6006 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6007 } else { 6008 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6009 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6010 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6011 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6012 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6013 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6014 (void)CheckQTN; 6015 } 6016 6017 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6018 return TemplateName(QTN); 6019 } 6020 6021 /// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6022 /// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6023 TemplateName 6024 ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6025 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6026 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6027 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6028 6029 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6030 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6031 6032 void *InsertPos = 0; 6033 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6034 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6035 6036 if (QTN) 6037 return TemplateName(QTN); 6038 6039 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6040 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6041 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6042 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6043 } else { 6044 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6045 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6046 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6047 6048 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6049 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6050 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6051 (void)CheckQTN; 6052 } 6053 6054 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6055 return TemplateName(QTN); 6056 } 6057 6058 TemplateName 6059 ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6060 TemplateName replacement) const { 6061 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6062 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6063 6064 void *insertPos = 0; 6065 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6066 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6067 6068 if (!subst) { 6069 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6070 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6071 } 6072 6073 return TemplateName(subst); 6074 } 6075 6076 TemplateName 6077 ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6078 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6079 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6080 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6081 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6082 6083 void *InsertPos = 0; 6084 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6085 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6086 6087 if (!Subst) { 6088 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6089 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6090 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6091 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6092 } 6093 6094 return TemplateName(Subst); 6095 } 6096 6097 /// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6098 /// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6099 /// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6100 CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6101 switch (Type) { 6102 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6103 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6104 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6105 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6106 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6107 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6108 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6109 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6110 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6111 } 6112 6113 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6114 } 6115 6116 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6117 // Type Predicates. 6118 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6119 6120 /// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6121 /// garbage collection attribute. 6122 /// 6123 Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6124 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6125 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6126 6127 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6128 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6129 6130 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6131 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6132 // as __strong. 6133 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6134 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6135 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6136 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6137 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6138 } else { 6139 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6140 // pointer. 6141 #ifndef NDEBUG 6142 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6143 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6144 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6145 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6146 #endif 6147 } 6148 return GCAttrs; 6149 } 6150 6151 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6152 // Type Compatibility Testing 6153 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6154 6155 /// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6156 /// compatible. 6157 static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6158 const VectorType *RHS) { 6159 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6160 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6161 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6162 } 6163 6164 bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6165 QualType SecondVec) { 6166 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6167 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6168 6169 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6170 return true; 6171 6172 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6173 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6174 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6175 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6176 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6177 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6178 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6179 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6180 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6181 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6182 return true; 6183 6184 return false; 6185 } 6186 6187 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6188 // ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6189 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6190 6191 /// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6192 /// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6193 bool 6194 ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6195 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6196 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6197 return true; 6198 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6199 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6200 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6201 return true; 6202 return false; 6203 } 6204 6205 /// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6206 /// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6207 /// otherwise. 6208 bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6209 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6210 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6211 return false; 6212 } 6213 6214 /// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6215 /// Class<pr1, ...>. 6216 bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6217 QualType rhs) { 6218 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6220 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6221 6222 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6223 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6224 bool match = false; 6225 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6226 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6227 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6228 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6229 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6230 match = true; 6231 break; 6232 } 6233 } 6234 if (!match) 6235 return false; 6236 } 6237 return true; 6238 } 6239 6240 /// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6241 /// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6242 bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6243 bool compare) { 6244 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6245 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6246 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6247 return true; 6248 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6249 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6250 return true; 6251 6252 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6253 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6254 6255 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6256 6257 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6258 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6259 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6260 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6261 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6262 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6263 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6264 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6265 // through its super class and categories. 6266 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6267 return false; 6268 } 6269 } 6270 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6271 return true; 6272 } 6273 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6274 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6275 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6276 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6277 bool match = false; 6278 6279 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6280 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6281 // through its super class and categories. 6282 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6283 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6284 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6285 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6286 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6287 match = true; 6288 break; 6289 } 6290 } 6291 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6292 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6293 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6294 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6295 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6296 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6297 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6298 // through its super class and categories. 6299 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6300 match = true; 6301 break; 6302 } 6303 } 6304 } 6305 if (!match) 6306 return false; 6307 } 6308 6309 return true; 6310 } 6311 6312 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6313 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6314 6315 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6316 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6317 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6318 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6319 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6320 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6321 bool match = false; 6322 6323 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6324 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6325 // through its super class and categories. 6326 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6327 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6328 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6329 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6330 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6331 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6332 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6333 match = true; 6334 break; 6335 } 6336 } 6337 if (!match) 6338 return false; 6339 } 6340 6341 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6342 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6343 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6344 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6345 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6346 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6347 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6348 // assume that it is mismatch. 6349 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6350 return false; 6351 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6352 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6353 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6354 bool match = false; 6355 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6356 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6357 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6358 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6359 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6360 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6361 match = true; 6362 break; 6363 } 6364 } 6365 if (!match) 6366 return false; 6367 } 6368 } 6369 return true; 6370 } 6371 return false; 6372 } 6373 6374 /// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6375 /// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6376 /// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6377 /// 6378 bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6379 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6380 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6381 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6382 6383 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6384 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6385 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6386 return true; 6387 6388 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6389 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6390 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6391 false); 6392 6393 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6394 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6395 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6396 6397 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6398 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6399 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6400 6401 return false; 6402 } 6403 6404 /// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6405 /// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6406 /// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6407 /// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6408 /// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6409 bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6410 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6412 bool BlockReturnType) { 6413 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6414 return true; 6415 6416 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6417 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6418 } 6419 6420 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6421 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6422 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6423 false); 6424 6425 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6426 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6427 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6428 if (LHS != RHS) { 6429 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6430 return BlockReturnType; 6431 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6432 return !BlockReturnType; 6433 } 6434 else 6435 return true; 6436 } 6437 return false; 6438 } 6439 6440 /// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6441 /// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6442 /// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6443 /// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6444 static 6445 void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6446 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6447 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6448 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6449 6450 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6451 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6452 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6453 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6454 6455 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6456 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6457 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6458 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6459 else { 6460 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6461 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6462 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6463 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6464 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6465 } 6466 6467 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6468 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6469 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6470 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6471 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6472 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6473 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6474 } else { 6475 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6476 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6477 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6478 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6479 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6480 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6481 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6482 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6483 } 6484 } 6485 6486 /// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6487 /// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6488 /// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6489 /// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6490 QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6491 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6493 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6494 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6495 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6496 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6497 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6498 return QualType(); 6499 6500 do { 6501 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6502 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6503 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6504 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6505 6506 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6507 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6508 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6509 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6510 return Result; 6511 } 6512 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6513 6514 return QualType(); 6515 } 6516 6517 bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6518 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6519 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6520 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6521 6522 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6523 // the LHS. 6524 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6525 return false; 6526 6527 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6528 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6529 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6530 return true; 6531 6532 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6533 // more detailed analysis is required. 6534 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6535 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6536 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6537 // false otherwise. 6538 bool IsSuperClass = 6539 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6540 if (IsSuperClass) { 6541 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6542 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6543 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6544 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6545 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6546 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6547 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6548 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6549 return false; 6550 6551 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6552 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6553 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6554 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6555 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6556 6557 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6558 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6559 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6560 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6561 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6562 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6563 break; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6567 return false; 6568 } 6569 return true; 6570 } 6571 return false; 6572 } 6573 6574 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6575 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6576 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6577 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6578 6579 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6580 // are incompatible. 6581 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6582 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6583 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6584 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6585 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6586 break; 6587 } 6588 } 6589 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6590 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6591 return false; 6592 } 6593 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6594 return true; 6595 } 6596 6597 bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6598 // get the "pointed to" types 6599 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6600 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6601 6602 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6603 return false; 6604 6605 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6606 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6607 } 6608 6609 bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6610 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6611 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6612 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6613 } 6614 6615 /// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6616 /// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6617 /// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6618 /// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6619 bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6620 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6621 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6622 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6623 6624 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6625 } 6626 6627 bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6628 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6629 } 6630 6631 bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6632 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6633 } 6634 6635 /// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6636 /// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6637 /// QualType() 6638 QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6639 bool OfBlockPointer, 6640 bool Unqualified) { 6641 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6642 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6643 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6644 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6645 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6646 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6647 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6648 if (!MT.isNull()) 6649 return MT; 6650 } 6651 } 6652 } 6653 6654 return QualType(); 6655 } 6656 6657 /// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6658 /// argument types 6659 QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6660 bool OfBlockPointer, 6661 bool Unqualified) { 6662 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6663 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6664 // type is compatible with a union member 6665 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6666 Unqualified); 6667 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6668 return lmerge; 6669 6670 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6671 Unqualified); 6672 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6673 return rmerge; 6674 6675 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6676 } 6677 6678 QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6679 bool OfBlockPointer, 6680 bool Unqualified) { 6681 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6682 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6683 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6684 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6685 bool allLTypes = true; 6686 bool allRTypes = true; 6687 6688 // Check return type 6689 QualType retType; 6690 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6691 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6692 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6693 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6694 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6695 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6696 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6697 } 6698 else 6699 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6700 Unqualified); 6701 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6702 6703 if (Unqualified) 6704 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6705 6706 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6707 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6708 if (Unqualified) { 6709 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6710 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6711 } 6712 6713 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6714 allLTypes = false; 6715 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6716 allRTypes = false; 6717 6718 // FIXME: double check this 6719 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6720 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6721 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6722 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6723 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6724 6725 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6726 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6727 return QualType(); 6728 6729 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6730 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6731 return QualType(); 6732 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6733 return QualType(); 6734 6735 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6736 return QualType(); 6737 6738 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6739 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6740 6741 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6742 allLTypes = false; 6743 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6744 allRTypes = false; 6745 6746 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6747 6748 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6749 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6750 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6751 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6752 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6753 6754 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6755 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6756 return QualType(); 6757 6758 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6759 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6760 return QualType(); 6761 6762 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6763 return QualType(); 6764 6765 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6766 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6767 return QualType(); 6768 6769 // Check argument compatibility 6770 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6771 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6772 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6773 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6774 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6775 OfBlockPointer, 6776 Unqualified); 6777 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6778 6779 if (Unqualified) 6780 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6781 6782 types.push_back(argtype); 6783 if (Unqualified) { 6784 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6785 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6786 } 6787 6788 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6789 allLTypes = false; 6790 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6791 allRTypes = false; 6792 } 6793 6794 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6795 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6796 6797 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6798 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6799 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6800 } 6801 6802 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6803 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6804 6805 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6806 if (proto) { 6807 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6808 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6809 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6810 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6811 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6812 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6813 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6814 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6815 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6816 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6817 6818 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6819 // to pass enum values. 6820 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6821 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6822 if (argTy.isNull()) 6823 return QualType(); 6824 } 6825 6826 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6827 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6828 return QualType(); 6829 } 6830 6831 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6832 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6833 6834 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6835 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6836 return getFunctionType(retType, 6837 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 6838 proto->getNumArgs()), 6839 EPI); 6840 } 6841 6842 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6843 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6844 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6845 } 6846 6847 QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6848 bool OfBlockPointer, 6849 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6850 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6851 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6852 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6853 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6854 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6855 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6856 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6857 6858 if (Unqualified) { 6859 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6860 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6861 } 6862 6863 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6864 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6865 6866 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6867 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6868 return LHS; 6869 6870 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6871 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6872 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6873 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6874 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6875 // mismatch. 6876 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6877 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6878 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6879 return QualType(); 6880 6881 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6882 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6883 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6884 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6885 // qualified __strong. 6886 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6887 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6888 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6889 6890 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6891 return QualType(); 6892 6893 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6894 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6895 } 6896 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6897 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6898 } 6899 return QualType(); 6900 } 6901 6902 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6903 6904 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6905 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6906 6907 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6908 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6909 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6910 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6911 6912 // Same as above for arrays 6913 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6914 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6915 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6916 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6917 6918 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6919 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6920 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6921 6922 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6923 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6924 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6925 6926 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6927 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6928 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6929 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6930 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6931 // type. 6932 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6933 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6934 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6935 return RHS; 6936 } 6937 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6938 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6939 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6940 return LHS; 6941 } 6942 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6943 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6944 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6945 return LHS; 6946 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6947 return RHS; 6948 } 6949 6950 return QualType(); 6951 } 6952 6953 // The canonical type classes match. 6954 switch (LHSClass) { 6955 #define TYPE(Class, Base) 6956 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6957 #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6958 #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6959 #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6960 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6961 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6962 6963 case Type::LValueReference: 6964 case Type::RValueReference: 6965 case Type::MemberPointer: 6966 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6967 6968 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6969 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6970 case Type::VariableArray: 6971 case Type::FunctionProto: 6972 case Type::ExtVector: 6973 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6974 6975 case Type::Pointer: 6976 { 6977 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6978 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6979 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6980 if (Unqualified) { 6981 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6982 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6983 } 6984 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6985 Unqualified); 6986 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6987 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6988 return LHS; 6989 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6990 return RHS; 6991 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6992 } 6993 case Type::BlockPointer: 6994 { 6995 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6996 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6997 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6998 if (Unqualified) { 6999 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7000 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7001 } 7002 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7003 Unqualified); 7004 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7005 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7006 return LHS; 7007 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7008 return RHS; 7009 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7010 } 7011 case Type::Atomic: 7012 { 7013 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7014 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7015 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7016 if (Unqualified) { 7017 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7018 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7019 } 7020 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7021 Unqualified); 7022 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7023 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7024 return LHS; 7025 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7026 return RHS; 7027 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7028 } 7029 case Type::ConstantArray: 7030 { 7031 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7032 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7033 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7034 return QualType(); 7035 7036 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7037 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7038 if (Unqualified) { 7039 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7040 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7041 } 7042 7043 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7044 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7045 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7046 return LHS; 7047 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7048 return RHS; 7049 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7050 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7051 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7052 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7053 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7054 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7055 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7056 return LHS; 7057 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7058 return RHS; 7059 if (LVAT) { 7060 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7061 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7062 // has to be different. 7063 return LHS; 7064 } 7065 if (RVAT) { 7066 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7067 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7068 // has to be different. 7069 return RHS; 7070 } 7071 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7072 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7073 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7074 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7075 } 7076 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7077 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7078 case Type::Record: 7079 case Type::Enum: 7080 return QualType(); 7081 case Type::Builtin: 7082 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7083 return QualType(); 7084 case Type::Complex: 7085 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7086 return QualType(); 7087 case Type::Vector: 7088 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7089 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7090 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7091 return LHS; 7092 return QualType(); 7093 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7094 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7095 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7096 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7097 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7098 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7099 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7100 return LHS; 7101 7102 return QualType(); 7103 } 7104 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7105 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7106 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7107 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7108 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7109 BlockReturnType)) 7110 return LHS; 7111 return QualType(); 7112 } 7113 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7114 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7115 return LHS; 7116 7117 return QualType(); 7118 } 7119 } 7120 7121 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7122 } 7123 7124 bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7125 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7126 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7127 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7128 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7129 return false; 7130 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7131 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7132 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7133 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7134 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7135 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7136 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7137 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7138 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7139 return false; 7140 } 7141 return true; 7142 } 7143 7144 /// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7145 /// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7146 /// return types. 7147 QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7148 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7149 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7150 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7151 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7152 return LHS; 7153 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7154 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7155 return QualType(); 7156 QualType OldReturnType = 7157 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7158 QualType NewReturnType = 7159 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7160 QualType ResReturnType = 7161 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7162 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7163 return QualType(); 7164 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7165 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7166 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7167 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7168 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7169 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7170 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7171 QualType ResultType 7172 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7173 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7174 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7175 EPI); 7176 return ResultType; 7177 } 7178 } 7179 return QualType(); 7180 } 7181 7182 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7183 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7184 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7185 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7186 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7187 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7188 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7189 return QualType(); 7190 7191 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7192 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7193 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7194 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7195 // qualified __strong. 7196 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7197 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7198 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7199 7200 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7201 return QualType(); 7202 7203 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7204 return LHS; 7205 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7206 return RHS; 7207 return QualType(); 7208 } 7209 7210 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7211 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7212 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7213 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7214 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7215 return LHS; 7216 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7217 return RHS; 7218 } 7219 return QualType(); 7220 } 7221 7222 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7223 // Integer Predicates 7224 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7225 7226 unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7227 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7228 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7229 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7230 return 1; 7231 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7232 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7233 } 7234 7235 QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7236 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7237 7238 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7239 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7240 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7241 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7242 7243 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7244 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7245 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7246 7247 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7248 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7249 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7250 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7251 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7252 return UnsignedCharTy; 7253 case BuiltinType::Short: 7254 return UnsignedShortTy; 7255 case BuiltinType::Int: 7256 return UnsignedIntTy; 7257 case BuiltinType::Long: 7258 return UnsignedLongTy; 7259 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7260 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7261 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7262 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7263 default: 7264 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7265 } 7266 } 7267 7268 ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7269 7270 7271 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7272 // Builtin Type Computation 7273 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7274 7275 /// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7276 /// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7277 /// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7278 /// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7279 /// a vector of "i*". 7280 /// 7281 /// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7282 /// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7283 static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7284 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7285 bool &RequiresICE, 7286 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7287 // Modifiers. 7288 int HowLong = 0; 7289 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7290 RequiresICE = false; 7291 7292 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7293 bool Done = false; 7294 while (!Done) { 7295 switch (*Str++) { 7296 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7297 case 'I': 7298 RequiresICE = true; 7299 break; 7300 case 'S': 7301 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7302 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7303 Signed = true; 7304 break; 7305 case 'U': 7306 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7307 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7308 Unsigned = true; 7309 break; 7310 case 'L': 7311 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7312 ++HowLong; 7313 break; 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317 QualType Type; 7318 7319 // Read the base type. 7320 switch (*Str++) { 7321 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7322 case 'v': 7323 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7324 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7325 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7326 break; 7327 case 'f': 7328 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7329 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7330 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7331 break; 7332 case 'd': 7333 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7334 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7335 if (HowLong) 7336 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7337 else 7338 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7339 break; 7340 case 's': 7341 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7342 if (Unsigned) 7343 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7344 else 7345 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7346 break; 7347 case 'i': 7348 if (HowLong == 3) 7349 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7350 else if (HowLong == 2) 7351 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7352 else if (HowLong == 1) 7353 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7354 else 7355 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7356 break; 7357 case 'c': 7358 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7359 if (Signed) 7360 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7361 else if (Unsigned) 7362 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7363 else 7364 Type = Context.CharTy; 7365 break; 7366 case 'b': // boolean 7367 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7368 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7369 break; 7370 case 'z': // size_t. 7371 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7372 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7373 break; 7374 case 'F': 7375 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7376 break; 7377 case 'G': 7378 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7379 break; 7380 case 'H': 7381 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7382 break; 7383 case 'M': 7384 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7385 break; 7386 case 'a': 7387 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7388 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7389 break; 7390 case 'A': 7391 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7392 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7393 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7394 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7395 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7396 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7397 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7398 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7399 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7400 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7401 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7402 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7403 else 7404 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7405 break; 7406 case 'V': { 7407 char *End; 7408 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7409 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7410 Str = End; 7411 7412 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7413 RequiresICE, false); 7414 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7415 7416 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7417 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7418 VectorType::GenericVector); 7419 break; 7420 } 7421 case 'E': { 7422 char *End; 7423 7424 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7425 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7426 7427 Str = End; 7428 7429 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7430 false); 7431 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7432 break; 7433 } 7434 case 'X': { 7435 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7436 false); 7437 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7438 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7439 break; 7440 } 7441 case 'Y' : { 7442 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7443 break; 7444 } 7445 case 'P': 7446 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7447 if (Type.isNull()) { 7448 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7449 return QualType(); 7450 } 7451 break; 7452 case 'J': 7453 if (Signed) 7454 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7455 else 7456 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7457 7458 if (Type.isNull()) { 7459 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7460 return QualType(); 7461 } 7462 break; 7463 case 'K': 7464 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7465 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7466 7467 if (Type.isNull()) { 7468 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7469 return QualType(); 7470 } 7471 break; 7472 case 'p': 7473 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7474 break; 7475 } 7476 7477 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7478 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7479 while (!Done) { 7480 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7481 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7482 case '*': 7483 case '&': { 7484 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7485 // qualified with an address space. 7486 char *End; 7487 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7488 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7489 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7490 Str = End; 7491 } 7492 if (c == '*') 7493 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7494 else 7495 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7496 break; 7497 } 7498 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7499 case 'C': 7500 Type = Type.withConst(); 7501 break; 7502 case 'D': 7503 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7504 break; 7505 case 'R': 7506 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7507 break; 7508 } 7509 } 7510 7511 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7512 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7513 7514 return Type; 7515 } 7516 7517 /// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7518 QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7519 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7520 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7521 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7522 7523 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7524 7525 bool RequiresICE = false; 7526 Error = GE_None; 7527 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7528 RequiresICE, true); 7529 if (Error != GE_None) 7530 return QualType(); 7531 7532 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7533 7534 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7535 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7536 if (Error != GE_None) 7537 return QualType(); 7538 7539 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7540 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7541 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7542 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7543 7544 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7545 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7546 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7547 7548 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7549 } 7550 7551 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7552 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7553 7554 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7555 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7556 7557 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7558 7559 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7560 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7561 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7562 7563 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7564 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7565 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7566 7567 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7568 } 7569 7570 GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7571 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7572 7573 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7574 switch (L) { 7575 case NoLinkage: 7576 case InternalLinkage: 7577 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7578 return GVA_Internal; 7579 7580 case ExternalLinkage: 7581 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7582 case TSK_Undeclared: 7583 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7584 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7585 break; 7586 7587 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7588 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7589 7590 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7591 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7592 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7593 break; 7594 } 7595 } 7596 7597 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7598 return External; 7599 7600 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7601 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7602 // externally visible. 7603 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7604 return External; 7605 7606 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7607 return GVA_C99Inline; 7608 } 7609 7610 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7611 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7612 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7613 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7614 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7615 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7616 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7617 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7618 return GVA_C99Inline; 7619 7620 return GVA_CXXInline; 7621 } 7622 7623 GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7624 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7625 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7626 // template. 7627 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7628 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7629 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7630 7631 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7632 7633 switch (L) { 7634 case NoLinkage: 7635 case InternalLinkage: 7636 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7637 return GVA_Internal; 7638 7639 case ExternalLinkage: 7640 switch (TSK) { 7641 case TSK_Undeclared: 7642 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7643 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7644 7645 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7646 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7647 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7648 7649 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7650 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7651 7652 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7653 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7654 } 7655 } 7656 7657 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7658 } 7659 7660 bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7661 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7662 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7663 return false; 7664 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7665 return false; 7666 7667 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7668 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7669 return false; 7670 7671 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7672 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7673 return true; 7674 7675 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7676 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7677 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7678 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7679 7680 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7681 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7682 return true; 7683 7684 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7685 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7686 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7687 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7688 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7689 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7690 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7691 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7692 return true; 7693 } 7694 } 7695 } 7696 7697 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7698 7699 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7700 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7701 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7702 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7703 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7704 return false; 7705 return true; 7706 } 7707 7708 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7709 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7710 7711 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7712 return false; 7713 7714 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7715 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7716 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7717 return true; 7718 7719 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7720 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7721 return true; 7722 7723 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7724 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7725 return true; 7726 7727 return false; 7728 } 7729 7730 CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7731 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7732 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7733 } 7734 7735 CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7736 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7737 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7738 return CC_Default; 7739 return CC; 7740 } 7741 7742 bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7743 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7744 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7745 } 7746 7747 MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7748 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7749 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7750 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7751 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7752 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7753 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7754 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7755 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7756 } 7757 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7758 } 7759 7760 CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7761 7762 size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7763 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7764 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7765 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7766 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7767 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7768 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7769 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7770 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7771 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7772 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7773 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7774 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7775 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7776 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7777 } 7778 7779 void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7780 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7781 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7782 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7783 return; 7784 7785 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7786 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7787 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7788 } 7789 7790 int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7791 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7792 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7793 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7794 } 7795 7796 unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7797 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7798 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7799 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7800 } 7801 7802 7803 void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7804 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7805 } 7806 7807 unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7808 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7809 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7810 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7811 return I->second; 7812 } 7813